c-t-21-0018 fara phase ii- no · 2 days ago · en 15664 influence of metallic materials on water...

202
JORDAN WATER COMPANY – MIYAHUNA LLC C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO.7 عطاء هيكلةعادة المياه خطوط ا في مناطقطقة خلدا ضمن منن ضمن ادارة عما شركة مياهناRESTRUCTING OF WATER SUPPLY NETWORK in Khalda DZ 13 لعطاءئق ا وثاVolume III March 2021 General and Particular Conditions of Contract

Upload: others

Post on 12-Mar-2021

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

JORDAN WATER COMPANY – MIYAHUNA LLC

C-T-21-0018 FARA

Phase II- NO.7

عمان ضمن ادارة منطقة خلدا ضمن مناطقفي خطوط المياه اعادة هيكلة عطاء شركة مياهنا

RESTRUCTING OF WATER SUPPLY

NETWORK in Khalda DZ 13

وثائق العطاءVolume III

March 2021

General and Particular Conditions of

Contract

Page 2: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical
Page 3: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical
Page 4: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

ACRONYMS

ANSI American National Standards Institute

AWWA American Water Works Association

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

BS British Standards

BOQ Bill of Quantities

DAP Delivered At Place

DI Ductile Iron

DN Nominal Diameter

DZ

EN

District Zone

European standards

EPDM Ethylene-Propylene-Diene Terpolymer

FARA Fixed Amount Reimbursement Agreement

GIS Geographic Information System

HDPE High Density Polyethylene

ISO International Organization for Standardization

NBR Nitrile Butadiene Rubber

NRW

NSF

Non-Revenue Water

National Science Foundation

PN Nominal Pressure

PRV Pressure Reducing Valve

RPM Revolution Per Minute

SDR Standard Dimension Ratio

SS Stainless Steel

USAID United States Agency for International Development

Page 5: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

- All Items shall be procured according to item O under Part IX: Responsibilities of the

Parties in the Umbrella FARA, which states that: the authorized USAID Principal

Geographic Code for the procurement of goods and services under this associate FARA

is Code 937 (the United States, the recipient country, and developing countries other

than advanced developing countries). The intent of these specifications is to allow fair

competition for suppliers in these geographical locations.

- Certificate of Conformity shall be submitted upon shipping.

Page 6: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

GENERAL

• AMBIENT CONDITIONS

All pipes, materials and equipment shall be in every respect suitable for storage, installation, use

and operation in the conditions of temperature, humidity and The PH and water quality

appertaining in Jordan.

Atmospheric temperature in Jordan varies between -10˚C and 50 ˚C.

• POTABLE WATER CERTIFICATION

All pipes, valves, gaskets and materials shall be certified for potable water use by an independent

testing laboratory. All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for

public shall introduced with the requirements of NSF/ANSI 61 (Drinking Water System

Components) or BS 6920 (suitability for non metallic products for use in contact with drinking

water) and the requirements of EN 15664 (influence of metallic materials on water intended for

human consumption) as well as the Jordanian standard (JS 286/2008), and whenever the

regulation is changed it is the supplier responsibility to ensure conformity with any new

requirements.

Potable water certificate shall also be submitted for the same batch delivered to Miyahuna,

certificates must be in English.

• TOXIC MATERIALS

Pipes and pipeline components, including their protective coatings and joint materials, that will

or may come into contact with potable water shall not constitute a toxic hazard, shall not

support microbial growth, shall not cause taste or odour, cloudiness or discoloration of the

water and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are

considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health. Non toxicity certificate should be

provided in English.

• THIRD PARTY WITNESS

The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original accredited certificate of conformity from the

third party inspection agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable

standard according to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection

agency shall under this contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify

compliance with the technical specifications and the relevant standard. All certification should be

from a certified third party, and the certification should be valid and up to date, in English, and it

must be shown in the certificate which batch is being tested to make sure that this certificate is

for the right batch delivered to Miyahuna.

The supplier shall propose in his offer at least 3 different international third party companies where Miyahuna will choose one of them.

Page 7: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The third party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the relevant

standard productions requirements. No material shall be accepted unless all type and batch

release tests have been passed. The third party must clearly identify the material production

date / code marked on the pipes, with each batch test performed.

The third party inspection tests certificates shall include the following stages:

1. During manufacturing and testing.

2. Final.

3. Packing.

And the kind of inspection:

1. Review document.

2. Witness inspection (visual and tests).

And the test certificates must show the results.

The manufacture place of all materials, the pipes, specials, fittings and accessories shall be open

to inspection by the third party team If any of the supplies, whether complete or in the course

of production, were rejected by the Client, they shall be marked or segregated in such a manner

satisfactory to the Client as to ensure their subsequent identification as rejected supplies.

Disposal of rejected supplies shall be done by and at the Contractor's own expense.

• TESTING AFTER DELIVERY

All materials supplied shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the Royal Scientific

Society to confirm that the materials are manufactured according to the applicable standards.

In the case the delivery was made on more than one consignment, each consignment will be

tested to confirm the compliance with above standard.

NOTE:

ALL TESTS’ COSTS BEFORE AND AFTER THIS ITEM AND WHETHER LOCAL OR ABROAD

SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN

THE TENDER UNIT RATES.

• HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION

The handling and transportation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations.

The cost of packing shall be included in the contractor rates.

Page 8: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

All materials shall be securely packed in crates or boxes for protection against damage during

transportation.

All plain ends shall be adequately protected by straw rope secured in place by binding wire or

strap. None of the packing will be returnable. The materials supplied shall be of the

appropriate grade and quality and shall be adequately protected against the climatic conditions in

the Middle East.

All plastic materials shall be protected from direct sunlight and appropriate coverings supplied

for use at the delivery and storage areas.

• TRANSPORT AND DELIVERIES

The Contractor shall send to the Engineer, one-week advance notice of all consignments of

materials. Every consignment shall be accompanied by a detailed delivery note.

The Contractor shall deliver to and off load the materials onto the storage area as directed by

the Engineer. All materials delivered will be examined and inspected by the Engineer and taken

over by him.

The Contractor shall provide necessary details to the shipping line on precautions to be taken

during loading/unloading, handling & transport of the pipes & fittings and other components.

Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a set of recommendations of manufacturer for

handling, loading, unloading, transporting and storing of polyethylene pipes and fittings

The Contractor shall arrange reception and storage areas only. aslo shall be responsible for off-

loading all materials.

The Contractor shall also be responsible for all handling and transport activities up to and from

Miyahuna store-yard, Amman.(Materials provided by Miyahuna)

• The (DDP) price shall include all costs relating to above-mentioned

requirements.

• IDENTIFICATION

The contractor shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has

permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather -

resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name.

• Contents Description and Quantity.

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note and Cross

Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight.

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Page 9: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Jordan Water Company/ MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight.

• Total net weight.

• Packing list reference number.

• MARKINGS OF PIPES AND FITTINGS

Each pipes and fittings shall bear clear and permanent markings. Markings on pipe lengths shall

always be at the same end. Painting of data shall be acceptable for all pipe material.

The first five marking given below shall be cast on or cold stamped, the other marking applied by

permanent painting.

The marking shall show at least the following information:

• The manufacturer‘s name or mark.

• The identification of the year of manufacture.

• The identification as ductile iron.

• The DN.

• The PN rating of flanges when applicable.

• The reference tops this standard.

• The class designation of centrifugally cast pipes when other than K9.

• Third party.

• MIYAHUNA tender No.

• Dimension (wall thickness).

• Production period ((YEAR)).

• Water,” to indicate that pipes or fittings are intended for potable water”.

• Serial number.

• Batch number.

• Ladle number.

Page 10: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED TO THE

ENGINEER AFTER THE NOTICE TO PROCEED

• Manufacturer’s Authorization Form.

• Potable water certificate.

• Manufacturer experience certificates; a certificate from the manufacturer (self declaration)

that he has at least 10 years in the field of production for pipes and fittings.

• Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001).

• Internal Quality System.

• The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues highlighting

the items to be supplied at the after awarding.

• Method of traceability system followed by the manufacturer.

All above documents must be valid and in English.

• DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED UPON DELIVERY

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

• Certificate of origin.

• Packing list.

• Third Party certificates.

• Full instruction manuals, which describe the correct methods and procedures necessary to

construct the pipeline system in accordance with best practice.

• Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the manufacturer’s

internal quality control.

• Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee.

All above documents must be valid and in English.

Traceability System

After awarding the manufacturer shall clearly mention the method by which he can keep

records and trace of the manufactured pipes, fittings,…etc. to ensure the capability of going

back to the records for the manufactured item in case any problems accrues after the

installation.

Page 11: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• SCOPE (FOR SUPPLY AND INSTALL TENDERS)

The Contractor shall furnish and deliver to the site, all pipes and fittings, valves, bolts, nuts, and

gaskets, jointing materials and appurtenances as specified and required, to the correct standards

and specifications to complete the Works. Pipe fittings and valves shall, if required be suitable

for buried installation.

The Contractor shall check for compatibility between all pipes and fittings, either existing or

new prior to installation.

• STORAGE OF MATERIALS (SUPPLY AND INSTALL

TENDERS)

The Contractors shall be responsible for the storage of all materials purchased under this

Contract.

The Contractor shall manage and maintain stockyards that can accommodate all materials

purchased and approved by the Engineer under this Contract.

All the materials shall be stored under cover (indoor) and all the fittings should be on sleeves, as

required by the manufacturer/supplier /contractor instructions, and shall be regularly inspected

by the Engineer staff and maintained to the Engineer’s satisfaction.

The contractor should have a Stock Inventory Material System on software (computerized) and

he should generate reports upon request.

• INSPECTION AND REJECTION

The pre-shipment and manufacturer inspection is obligatory and cost for travelling of the

appointed member from the Employer as follows

1. (3 persons) for Pipes

2. (3 persons) for materials (fittings and valves factory)

3. (3 persons) for Pumps factory

“The pre‐shipment inspection is obligatory and the full cost for travelling for

Miyahuna representatives ("Overseas Pre shipment and inspection for engineers for a

week, with all related expenses including Visas arrangements and costs, hotels

transportation and all related fees taxes airfare tickets and per diems equal to one

hundred fifty JD per day for the staff and 250 JD for top management , director or

CEO per day ") shall be borne by the supplier/contractor and shall be incorporated in

the tender prices.

Page 12: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS,

AND FUNCTIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer not later than one month before commissioning,

triplicate draft copies of the operating and maintenance instructions in English for all sections of

the works. The draft operating instructions shall be prepared in such a way as to provide a step

by step description of the preparation and setting to work of the whole of the works and its

shutting down. Following successful commissioning and before issuing the taking over certificate,

the draft copies, suitably corrected where necessary, shall be assembled into their final form and

shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to handing over to the Client. The

Contractor shall provide four copies of the final instruction manuals, in English, of those

operating, maintenance and safety procedures necessary for the routine operation of the works.

Any additions, alternations or deletions, which may be required by the Engineer following the

experience, gained during the running period and further maintenance shall be incorporated in

these four copies in the form of additional or complete replacement pages. The Contractor

attention must ensure that the following items are included in the operating and maintenance

instructions manuals:

Schedule of equipment supplied giving Manufacture’s name and address and appropriate

make/model number/catalogue number.

Full-year schedule of routine maintenance for all equipment supplied.

Schedule of spares supplied.

Schedule of tools and lubricants supplied.

Sectional arrangement drawings of major items with dismantling instructions.

Layout drawings showing the “As Built” installation.

General arrangement and schematic diagrams of the “As Installed” control panels.

“As Built” diagrams of all electrical connections, for the power and control panels and installed

equipment. The wires and connections shall be fully numbered wherever they are terminated at

instruments, relays power and control panels, etc. The numbering shall be done on site using the

numbering scheme shown on the drawings. The labeling shall be done in a permanent and

proper manner using good rubber sleeve type or other type approved by the Engineer.

Full and comprehensive instructions for all items of equipment supplied.

Schedule of recommended lubricants and their equivalents.

FUNCTIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION (FDS)

This document is not just concerned with software functions but shall address the overall, integrated control concept of ICA equipment. The FDS shall be fully indexed on A4 sheets and bound. Contents shall include but not be limited to the following areas, in so far as they are applicable to the particular application:

• Automatic process control description containing P&I references for equipment.

• Ranges of analogues and set-point values in engineering units.

• List of analogue displays also alarm and status indications together with a description of their origins (i.e. software generated or hardwired from a particular field item etc.).

Page 13: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• System operation design criteria descriptions including fall-back operation and failure modes, also manual control.

• System hardware and configuration descriptions.

• I/O listings with alarm status points highlighted.

• Operator Interface description.

• Graphical display layouts.

• Software description and block diagrams.

• Flow chart for each process control function.

• Alarm definitions.

• Access security system description.

• Communications and protocol descriptions.

• Programming method and hardware description.

• Calculations for design basis.

• List of available commands, set-point adjustments, control enable/inhibit and other operator interventions which are available, together with a description of access.

• TRAINING OF ENGINEER’S PERSONNEL

The Contractor shall provide training for the Employer's staff as part of the Tests on

Completion. Training shall be in all aspects of the pressure management system including the

Host software suite, communications equipment, instrumentation, RTUs, Data loggers,

controllers and any other aspect that the Employer is required to know in order to successfully

operate the complete system. The purpose of training is to give the Employer the knowledge

and experience to run the project and this experience includes both operational experience &

maintenance.

The Contractor shall present, structured training courses on site with regular full time training

instructors covering both operation and maintenance of the system equipment furnished by the

Contractor.

The number of courses required and the number of trainees are stated below. The training shall

be in English unless stated otherwise below.

The Employer will send the following personnel to attend courses for each session:

(i) Operator Training Course (8 Persons):

Provide course covering the structure and the functions of the System components and devices.

The course shall familiarize the operator with the procedures for applying the system to process

control problems and develop participant programming capability.

As a minimum, the course shall be of one week duration, including not less than

20 hours of tuition, and shall cover the following topics:

• Overview of Systems Functional Capabilities.

• Equipment overview including system component functions, operating principals and proper use.

• Loading and start-up of the digital system hardware components.

Page 14: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Use of system commands.

(ii) Maintenance Training Course (6 Persons):

Provide course covering preventive and troubleshooting maintenance for the system

components. The course shall familiarize participants with diagnostic capabilities of the system,

both software and hardware, and also the routine maintenance procedures on the system and

the common peripheral devices.

As a minimum course shall be of two weeks duration, include 50 hours of tuition, and shall

cover the following topics:

• System overview description including the power subsystems and logic components of the

processor bus.

• Description of the maintenance and troubleshooting aids of the system including software

diagnostic programs.

• Description of all bus operations.

• Description of peripheral and process interface devices.

• The use of hardware diagnostic routines, test equipment/test procedures as required enabling

the Employer's personnel to detect and isolate system faults and to implement repairs.

• Report configuration, generation, printing, and customization.

• System security

• Alarm configuration and management.

• System backup and recovery.

• System overview and capabilities.

• Database configuration.

• System startup and shutdown procedures.

• Project network communication.

• Preventive maintenance procedures.

• REFERENCE STANDARDS

Table 0-1: Reference Standards

Standard Number Description

EN 545-2010 Ductile iron pipes, Fittings, accessories and their joints for water pipe lines Requirements

and test methods

EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption

ISO 4427-1 :2007 Plastics piping systems -- Polyethylene (PE) pipes and fittings for water supply

Part 1 - General

ISO 4427-2 :2007 Part 2 – pipes

ISO 4427-3 :2004 Part 3 - Fittings

EN12201-1 :2010 Plastic piping System for Water Supply – polyethylene (PE)

Part 1-General.

EN12201-2 :2003 Part 2 – pipes

EN12201-3 :2003 Part 3 - Fittings

Page 15: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Standard Number Description

BS 6920 Testing of non-metallic components with regards to their effect of the quality of

water

ISO 14236 :2000 Plastics pipes and fittings – Mechanical joint compression fittings for use with

polyethylene pressure pipes in water supply system

ISO 11413: 1996 Plastics pipes and fittings – preparation of test piece assemblies between a

polyethylene (PE) pipe and electro fusion fittings

ISO 13954: 1997 Plastics pipes and fittings – peel decohesion test for polyethylene (PE)electro fusion

assemblies of nominal outside diameter greater than or equal to 90 mm

ISO 13955 Plastics pipes and fittings – Crushing decohesion for polyethylene (PE) electro fusion

assemblies

ISO 3458: 1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes –Test of

leakproofness under internal pressure

ISO 3459: 1976 Polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes – Joints assembled with mechanical fittings –

Internal under pressure test method and requirements.

ISO 3501 : 1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene ( PE) pressure pipes –Test of

resistance to pull out

ISO 3503 :1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes – Test of

leakproofness under internal pressure when subjected to bending.

ISO 3506 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless steel fasteners - Part 1: Bolts,

screws and studs

EN 681-1 Elastomeric seals - Material requirements for pipe joint seals used in water and

drainage applications - Part 1: Vulcanized rubber

EN 681-2 Elastomeric seals - Material requirements for pipe joint seals used in water and

drainage applications - Part 2: Thermoplastic elastomers

EN 601 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Castings - Chemical composition of castings for

use in contact with foodstuff

ISO 12176 Plastics pipes and fittings -- Equipment for fusion jointing polyethylene systems --

Part 1: Butt fusion

ISO 13953 Determination of the tensile strength and failure mode of test pieces from a butt-

fused joint

ISO 11414 Preparation of polyethylene (PE) pipe/pipe or pipe/fitting test piece assemblies by

butt fusion

Page 16: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

DUCTILE IRON PIPES

1. General

1.1.1 1.1 Ambient Conditions

All pipes, materials and equipments shall be in every respect suitable for storage, installation, use and operation in the conditions of temperature, humidity and The PH and water quality appertaining in Jordan.

Atmospheric temperature in Jordan varies between -10˚C and 50 ˚C.

1.2 Potable Water Certification

All pipes, gaskets and materials shall be certified for potable water use, and all pipes and materials should be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent testing laboratory. All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public shall introduced with the requirements of BS 6920 (suitability for non metallic products for use in contact with drinking water) or any equivalent standard as well as the Jordanian standard (JS 286/2008) and the requirements of EN 15664 ( influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ) or any equivalent standard and the World Health Organization standard (WHO), and whenever the regulation is changed it is the supplier responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements. Potable water certificate submitted must be for the same batch delivered to Miyahuna, certificates must be in English and from third party. 1.3 Toxic Materials

All pipes, coating, sealing and lining material shall be certified for potable water use and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health. Pipes and pipeline components, including

their protective coatings and joint materials, that will or may come into contact with

potable water shall not constitute a toxic hazard, shall not support microbial growth, shall

not cause taste or odour, cloudiness or discolouration of the water and shall contain no

ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or

otherwise dangerous for health .

Non toxicity certificate should be provided in English.

1.4 Third Party Witness/pipes

The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original certificate from third party inspection

agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard according

to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall

under this contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify

compliance with the technical specifications and the relevant standard. All certification

should be from an third party, and the certification should be valid and up to date, in

English, and it must be shown in the certificate which batch is being tested to make sure

that this certificate is for the right batch delivered to Miyahuna.

Page 17: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The supplier shall propose in his offer at least 3 different international third party companies where Miyahuna will choose one of them.

The third party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the

relevant standard productions requirements. No pipe shall be accepted unless all type and

batch release tests have been passed. The third party must clearly identify the pipe

production date / code marked on the pipes, with each batch test performed.

The third party inspection tests certificates shall include the following stages: 1) During manufacturing

2) Final

3) Packing

And the kind of inspection: 1) Review document

2) Witness inspection at least ( visual and tests)

And the test certificates must show the results. Before dispatching the supplies another visual inspection shall be done in respect of proper packing and to certify the Bill of Lading for each shipment. The manufacture place of all materials the pipes, specials, fittings and accessories shall be open to inspected by the third party team If any of the supplies, whether complete or in the course of production, is rejected by the Engineer, they shall be marked or segregated in such a manner satisfactory to the Engineer as to ensure their subsequent identification as rejected supplies. Disposal of rejected supplies shall be done by and at the Contractor's own expense. The trip for the third party inspection should be taken place concurrently with the pre-shipment inspection from the client if any.

Unless mentioned otherwise the pre‐shipment inspection is obligatory and the full cost for travelling for Miyahuna representatives ("Overseas Pre shipment and inspection for nine engineers for a week, with all related expenses including Visas arrangements and costs, hotels transportation and all related fees taxes airfare tickets and per diems equal to one hundred fifty JD for the staff and 250 JD for top management , director or CEO per day ") shall be borne by the supplier/contractor and shall be incorporated in the tender prices.

1.5 Testing at Place of Manufacture/ Mill testing

On the request of the engineer, the contractor/ supplier shall submit a certificate from the manufacturer certifying that all the items have been mill tested (at the manufactory) and those they have successfully passed the relative tests prescribed by the relative standards specifications. 1.6 Testing after delivery

Page 18: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

All materials supplied shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the Royal Scientific Society to confirm that the pipes are manufactured according to EN 545-2010.

In the case the delivery was made on more than one consignment, each consignment will be tested to confirm the compliance with above standard.

NOTE :

ALL COST TESTS BEFORE AND AFTER THIS ITEM AND WETHER LOCAL OR ABROAD SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE TENDER UNIT RATES.

1.7 Documents to be provided after notice to proceed.

• Conformity to Standard certificate from third party

This certificate must confirm the ability of the manufacturer to fulfill all Miyahuna

required specifications and standard including coating and lining for the specified pipes.

The certificate should be certified from Jordan Institution for Standard and Metrology

(JISM) with an official letter, the letter should be renewed annually.

• Potable water certificate from third party

• Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001).

• Internal Quality System

• Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the

manufacturer’s internal quality control.

• The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for

the items to be supplied at after awarding. In addition he shall provide full

instruction manuals, which describe the correct methods and procedures

necessary to construct the pipeline system in accordance with best practice.

• Detailed manufacturer's proposals for pipes and fittings manufacture, coating

and lining etc

• Method of traceability system followed by the manufacturer

All above documents must be valid and in English.

1.8 Documents to be provided upon delivery

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

• Certificate of origin.

• Packing list

Page 19: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Third Party inspection reports (inspection report must include all the tests

required in the standard)

• Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

1.9 Traceability System:

At the after awarding the manufacturer shall clearly mention the method by which he can keep records and trace of the manufactured pipes, fittings,…etc. to ensure the capability of going back to the records for the manufactured item in case any problems accrues after the installation.

1.9 Supply & Quality of Materials

All materials supplied shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval as following:

a) Approval of the “master list” provided by the Contractor for all supplies and certified by the Engineer prior to shipment and

b) Pre-shipment inspection and certified quality and quantity of the supplies by must be approved including verification of all shipment documents. A pre-dispatch inspection shall be done in the factory prior to supply to MHYA. stores by the third party

c) Inspection and approval of all supplied materials on arrival on site, of quality and quantity by the Engineer. and this activities will not cancel any local required test

Locally manufactured materials in Jordan must be tested and marked by RSS. Inspection or approval by the Engineer of any equipment or materials shall not release the Contractor from any of his obligations under this Contract. All information and specifications relating to products and materials proposed for this Contract, must accompany each tender submission.

All information and copy of detailed specifications related to all products and materials proposed for this Contract must be attached to submittals, in addition to all items mentioned under 1.7 section.

1.10 Scope (for Supply and install Tenders)

• The Contractor shall furnish and deliver to the site, all pipes and fittings, valves,

bolts, nuts, and gaskets, jointing materials and appurtenances as specified and

required, to the correct standards and specifications to complete the Works.

Pipe fittings and valves shall, if required be suitable for buried installation.

• The Contractor shall check for compatibility between all pipes and fittings, either

existing or new prior to installation.

1.11 Markings of Pipes and fittings

Each pipes and fittings shall bear clear and permanent markings. Markings on pipe lengths shall always be at the same end. Painting of data shall be acceptable for all pipe material.

Page 20: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The first five marking given below shall be cast on or cold stamped, the other marking applied by permanent painting . The marking shall show at least the following information:

• The manufacturer ‘s name or mark

• The identification of the year of manufacture

• The identification as ductile iron

• The DN

• The PN rating of flanges when applicable

• The reference top this standard

• The class designation of centrifugally cast pipes

• Third party

• MIYAHUNA tender No

• Dimension (wall thickness)

• Production period (( YEAR ) )

• Water , ” to indicate that pipes or fittings are intended for potable water”

• Serial number

• Batch number

• Ladle number

1.12 Handling and transportation

The cost of packing shall be included for in the contractor rates. • All materials shall be securely packed in crates or boxes for protection against

damage during transportation.

• All plain ends shall be adequately protected by straw rope secured in place by

binding wire or strap. None of the packing will be returnable. The materials

supplied shall be of the appropriate grade and quality and shall be adequately

protected against the climatic conditions in the Middle East.

• All plastic materials shall be protected from direct sunlight and appropriate

coverings supplied for use at the delivery and storage areas.

1.13 Identification

The contractor shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather - resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name

• Contents Description and Quantity

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note and Cross

Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

Page 21: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Weight

• The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

• Jordan Water Company/ MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

• In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight

• Total net weight

• Packing list reference number

1.14 Storage of Materials (Supply and Install Tenders)

• The Contractors shall be responsible for the storage of all materials purchased

under this Contract.

• The Contractor shall manage and maintain stockyards that can accommodate all

materials purchased and approved by the Engineer under this Contract.

• All the materials shall be stored under cover (indoor) and all the fittings should

be on sleeves, as required by the manufacturer/supplier /contractor instructions,

and shall be regularly inspected by the Engineer staff and maintained to the

Engineer’s satisfaction.

• The contractor should have a Stock Inventory Material System on software

(computerized) and he should generate reports upon request.

1.15 Reference standards

Table 2.2 Reference Standards

Standard Number Description

EN 545 -2010 Ductile iron pipes, Fittings, accessories and their joints for water pipe lines Requirements and test methods

ISO 4179-1985 Ductile iron pipes for pressure and non-pressure pipelines –Centrifugal cement mortar lining – General Requirements

ISO 8179-1 Ductile iron pipes –External zinc coating Part 1: Metallic zinc with finishing layer

ISO 8179-2 Ductile iron pipes –External zinc coating Part 2: Zinc Rich paint with finishing layer

EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption

ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems

Page 22: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2. Technical Specifications

2.1 General

DI pipes shall be centrifugally cast (C Class), with socket and spigot ends, EPDM rubber gaskets, according to EN545:2010 2.2 Pipe selection

DI PIPES ACCORDING TO EN 545-2010 The joints of ductile iron (DI) pipes and fittings shall be TYTON type.

• Outside protection coating:

Shall be of 400 g/m² metallic zinc Aluminum Alloy (85%+15%) plus epoxy finishing coat according to EN 545, applied also on socket inside, suitable for ground condition I and II and III. The external surface of the pipe spigot end at a minimum length of 250 mm shall have nontoxic epoxy paint applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 100 microns. The internal surface of the socket end shall be painted with a layer of zinc rich epoxy paint 150 g/m²(zinc content not less than 85%° plus a layer of non toxic epoxy paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 100 microns.

• Inside protection lining:

Cement mortar according to ISO 4179 – 1985. 2.2 Length of Pipes

Standard length for pipes is 6 meter for transport in bundles or 5.5 -5.8 meters for transport in open top containers. 2.3 Testing

The manufacturer shall demonstrate the conformity of his products with the standards by submitting the below performance tests specified in the standards:

• Compressive strength of the cement mortar lining.

• Leak tightness of flexible joints to positive internal pressure.

• Leak tightness of flexible joints to negative internal pressure.

• Leak tightness of flexible push-in joints to positive external pressure.

• Leak tightness of flexible joints to dynamic internal pressure.

• Leak tightness and mechanical resistance of flanged joints.

• Leak tightness and mechanical resistance of screwed and welded flanges.

Page 23: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The test should include:

• Dimensions Examination. • Wall Thickness.

• External Diameter.

• Internal Diameter.

• Length

• Straightness of the pipes

• Ovality Test of the Pipes.

• Cement Lining Thickness.

• Tensile Test.

• Elongation test

• Hydrostatic pressure test.

• Hardness Test.

• Microstructure Examination supported by pictures

• thickness of external paint coating

• works leak tightness test for pipes and fittings

Page 24: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPES

Polyethylene Pipes specifications

1. General

1.1.2 1.1 Ambient Conditions

All pipes, materials and equipments shall be in every respect suitable for storage, installation, use and operation in the conditions of temperature, humidity and The PH and water quality appertaining in Jordan.

Atmospheric temperature in Jordan varies between -10˚C and 50 ˚C.

1.2 Potable Water Certification

All pipes and materials shall be certified for potable water use, and all pipes and materials

should be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent testing

laboratory.

All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public supply

shall be introduced with the requirements of BS 6920 (suitability for non metallic

products for use in contact with drinking water) or any equivalent standard as well as the

Jordanian standard (JS 286/2008) and the World Health Organization standard (WHO),

and whenever the regulation is changed it is the supplier responsibility to ensure

conformity with any new requirements.

Potable water certificate submitted must be for the same batch delivered to Miyahuna,

certificates must be in English

1.3 Toxic Materials

Pipes and pipeline components, including their protective coatings and joint materials,

that will or may come into contact with potable water shall not constitute a toxic hazard,

shall not support microbial growth, shall not cause taste or odour, cloudiness or

discolouration of the water and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water

in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health .

Non toxicity certificate should be provided.

1.4 Third Party Witness

1.4.1 General

The supplier shall furnish an original certificate from third party inspection agency

showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard (ISO 4427 /2007)

according to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection

agency shall under this contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to

verify compliance with the technical specifications and the relevant standard. The third

party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the relevant

standard productions requirements. All certification should be from a certified and

Page 25: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

approved third party, and the certificates must be related to the same batch delivered to

Miyahuna, all certificates must be valid and written in English.

1.4.2 Pipes

For pipes third Party shall verify that all pipes are produced in compliance with ISO

4427-2/2007, EN12201 or equivalent, all batch release tests shall be witnessed and

certified by an approved third party, and No pipe shall be accepted unless all type and

batch release tests have been passed. The third party must clearly identify the pipe

production date / code marked on the pipes, with each batch test performed.

1.5 Testing after delivery

All materials supplied to the site in Jordan shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried

out by the Royal Scientific Society. Or similar accredited authority. The test should

confirm that the materials and pipes are manufactured according to ISO 4427, EN12201

or equivalent; all Tests required for polyethylene pipes must be performed according to

the above standards. If any of the tests mentioned in the standards cannot be performed

by the Royal Scientific Society then the supplier should provide a third party certificate

for those tests taking into considerations all the statements mentioned in “third party

witness” section.

All testing costs should be borne by the supplier in all cases. 1.6 Pipes Packing and Protection

• All pipes shall be bundled or packaged in such a manner as to provide adequate

support and protection for the ends during transportation from the manufacturer to the

Purchaser. All special provisions for ocean shipment shall be provided.

• The packaging of pipes by the manufacturer is normally consistent with the

requirement to prevent damage and to comply with safety considerations. Usually pipes

are delivered strapped into convenient bundles or banded coils. All ends must be closed

with caps.

• 1.7 Identification

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has permanently attached to it, in a

conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather - resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name

• Contents Description and Quantity

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note

and Cross Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight

• Total net weight

• Packing list reference number

1.8 Transport and Deliveries

Page 26: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• The supplier shall send to the Purchasers, one-week advance notice of all

consignments of materials. Every consignment shall be accompanied by a

detailed delivery note.

• The supplier shall deliver to and off load the materials onto the storage area as

directed by the Purchasers. All materials delivered will be examined and

inspected by the Purchaser and taken over by him.

• The Supplier shall provide necessary details to the shipping line on precautions to be

taken during loading/unloading, handling & transport of the pipes & fittings and

other components. Supplier shall provide to the purchaser a set of recommendations

of manufacturer for handling, loading, unloading, transporting and storing of

polyethylene pipes and fittings

• The Purchaser shall arrange reception and storage areas only. The supplier shall

be responsible for off-loading all materials.

• The materials shall be delivered to the Purchaser at Miyahuna stores, Amman or

any other place chosen by the Purchaser.

• The supplier shall also be responsible for all handling and transport activities up

to Miyahuna store-yard, Amman

• The (DDP) price shall include all costs relating to above-mentioned requirements.

1.9 Handling

Care shall be taken during loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent damage to the

pipes,. Under no circumstances shall pipes or fittings be dropped or rolled against one

another. All pipes and fittings shall be examined. Any damaged materials must be

rejected by the Purchasers.

1.10 Details to be provided at the after awarding

1. Conformity to standard certificate from third party

2. Manuals and technical catalogues

3. Dates of batches or consignment deliveries.

4. The supplier shall state which of the sections of the schedule of requirements he

proposes to price and supply.

Page 27: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

5. Any alternative standards proposed including demonstration of equivalency or

superiority to the standard specified, if allowed.

6. Any alternative materials proposed including demonstration of equivalency or

superiority to the standard specified, these alternative materials should be

subjected to the clients approval.

7. Where the supplier offers alternative standards, materials to those specified, the

supplier shall provide prices for those specified and the alternatives proposed.

8. The supplier shall include in his price for the training elements related to the

materials he proposes to supply and shall list the elements of training offered, if

needed or requested.

9. The supplier shall provide prices for the equipment applicable to the sections of

the schedule of requirements he intends to price.

10. The supplier shall provide full details of his materials tests and procedures.

11. Any alternative proposed specification for combined tracer and marker

tape.

12. ISO or EN certification for management and product.

13. CV’s of proposed training staff, if necessary.

14. Costs of Trainers expenses, if requested.

15. Training program, if requested.

1.11 Manuals and Technical Specifications

The supplier shall supply full technical specifications for the items to be supplied at the

after awarding. In addition he shall provide full instruction manuals, which describe the

correct methods and procedures necessary to construct the pipeline system in accordance

with best practice. Conformity to standard certificate must be supplied after awarding

where this certificate must be issued from third party and valid up to date.

1.12 Additional Services

The supplier shall provide details of additional services, which he can provide e.g.

technical advice and support and, in particular, shall state his capability for supporting the

project in the Amman location at the after awarding.

2. Polyethylene pipes

Page 28: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The polyethylene pipes shall conform to the requirements of Polyethylene (PE) pipes for

water supply under pressure – Specification (ISO 4427-1/2:2007), (EN12201-1,

EN12201-2) or equivalent standard in which a supplier must submit a copy of that

standard and a proof of equivalency to the above specifications.

Conformity to standard certificate must be supplied after awarding where this certificate

must be issued from third party and valid up to date.

The pipes should have the following properties:

• Pressure class : PN 16 or PN 25 ( According to contract documents)

• The Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) : SDR 11

• Material Designation : PE 100

2.2 Length of Pipes

The following table shows the length of the pipes according to the diameter.

Table 3.1 length of pipe Diameter of pipe(mm) Length of pipe (m)

Up to 63 50 or 100

125 ( 50 or 100 :coils) (upon request), Or

( 12 m : standard pipes ) ( for maintenance dept. uses ) ( upon request)

180 and above 12 or standard pipes

Page 29: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2.3 MARKINGS OF PIPES

All PE pipes shall be indelibly marked at maximum intervals of one meter.

The marking shall show at least the following information:

• “MIYAHUNA”

• Manufacture’s name, logo and/or trade mark

• Dimensions (nominal diameter)

• Materials, material class (i.e. PE 100) and pressure class (PN 16)

• Production period (date and code)

• “Water” to indicate that pipes are intended for potable water

• Serial number

• Batch number

• Standard number

• Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR).

For direct purchase procurements order the marking depends on the value of the

procurements order

Page 30: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

REFERENCE STANDARDS

Standard Number Description

ISO 4427-1 :2007 Plastics piping systems -- Polyethylene (PE) pipes and fittings for water supply Part 1 - General

ISO 4427-2 :2007 Part 2 – pipes

ISO 4427-3 :2004 Part 3 - Fittings

EN12201-1 :2010 Plastic piping System for Water Supply – polyethylene (PE) Part 1-General.

EN12201-2 :2003 Part 2 – pipes

EN12201-3 :2003 Part 3 - Fittings

BS 6920 Testing of non-metallic components with regards to their effect of the quality of water

ISO 14236 :2000 Plastics pipes and fittings – Mechanical joint compression fittings for use with polyethylene pressure pipes in water supply system

ISO 11413: 1996 Plastics pipes and fittings – preparation of test piece assemblies between a polyethylene (PE) pipe and electro fusion fittings

ISO 13954: 1997 Plastics pipes and fittings – peel decohesion test for polyethylene (PE)electro fusion assemblies of nominal outside diameter greater than or equal to 90 mm

ISO 13955 Plastics pipes and fittings – Crushing decohesion for polyethylene (PE) electro fusion assemblies

ISO 3458: 1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes –Test of leakproofness under internal pressure

ISO 3459: 1976 Polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes – Joints assembled with mechanical fittings – Internal under pressure test method and requirements.

ISO 3501 : 1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene ( PE) pressure pipes –Test of resistance to pull out

ISO 3503 :1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes – Test of leakproofness under internal pressure when subjected to bending.

ISO 3506 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless steel fasteners - Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs

EN 681-1 Elastomeric seals - Material requirements for pipe joint seals used in water and drainage applications - Part 1: Vulcanized rubber

EN 681-2 Elastomeric seals - Material requirements for pipe joint seals used in water and drainage applications - Part 2: Thermoplastic elastomers

EN 601 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Castings - Chemical composition of castings for use in contact with foodstuff

ISO 12176 Plastics pipes and fittings -- Equipment for fusion jointing polyethylene systems -- Part 1: Butt fusion

ISO 13953 Determination of the tensile strength and failure mode of test pieces from a butt-fused joint

ISO 11414 Preparation of polyethylene (PE) pipe/pipe or pipe/fitting test piece assemblies by butt fusion

Page 31: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

GALVANIZED IRON PIPES

Galvanized Steel Pipes specifications

1. General

1.1.3 1.1 Ambient Conditions

All pipes, materials and equipments shall be in every respect suitable for storage, installation, use and operation in the conditions of temperature, humidity and The PH and water quality appertaining in Jordan.

Atmospheric temperature in Jordan varies between -10˚C and 50 ˚C.

1.2 Potable Water Certification

All pipes and materials shall be certified for potable water use, and all pipes and materials

should be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent testing

laboratory. All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public shall introduced with the requirements of BS 6920 (suitability for non metallic products for use in contact with drinking water) or any equivalent standard as well as the Jordanian standard (JS 286/2008) and the requirements of EN 15664 ( influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ) or any equivalent standard and the World Health Organization standard (WHO), and whenever the regulation is changed it is the supplier responsibility to ensure conformity with any new

requirements.

Potable water certificate submitted must be for the same batch delivered to Miyahuna,

certificates must be in English and from a third party.

1.3 Toxic Materials

Pipes and pipeline components, including their protective coatings and joint materials, that will or may come into contact with potable water shall not constitute a toxic hazard, shall not support microbial growth, shall not cause taste or odour, cloudiness or discolouration of the water and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health . Non toxicity certificate should be provided. 1.4 Third Party Witness

The supplier must submit at least 3 different international third party companies where Miyahuna will choose one of them.

Page 32: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The supplier shall furnish an original certificate from the third party inspection agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard (EN 10255) according to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall under this contract. The third party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the relevant standard productions requirements. All certification should be from a certified and approved third party, and the certificates must be related to the same batch delivered to Miyahuna, all certificates must be valid and written in English. For local manufactured pipes where the third party is the RSS, the testing certificate must be submitted. 1.5 Testing after delivery

All materials supplied to the site in Jordan shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the Royal Scientific Society. Or similar accredited authority. The test should confirm that the materials and pipes are manufactured according to EN 10255 or equivalent; all Tests required in this standard must be performed. If any of the tests mentioned in the standards cannot be performed by the Royal Scientific Society then the supplier should provide a third party certificate for those tests taking into considerations all the statements mentioned in “third party witness” section.

All testing costs should be borne by the supplier in all cases. 1.6 Pipes Packing and Protection

• All pipes shall be bundled or packaged in such a manner as to provide adequate support and protection for the ends during transportation from the manufacturer to the Purchaser. All special provisions for ocean shipment shall be provided.

• The packaging of pipes by the manufacturer is normally consistent with the requirement to prevent damage and to comply with safety considerations. Usually pipes are delivered strapped into convenient bundles or banded coils. All ends must be closed with caps.

• 1.7 Transport and Deliveries

• The supplier shall send to the Purchasers, one-week advance notice of all consignments of materials. Every consignment shall be accompanied by a detailed delivery note.

• The supplier shall deliver to and off load the materials onto the storage area as directed by the Purchasers. All materials delivered will be examined and inspected by the Purchaser and taken over by him.

• The Supplier shall provide necessary details to the shipping line on precautions to be taken during loading/unloading, handling & transport of the pipes & fittings and other components. Supplier shall provide to the purchaser a set of

Page 33: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

recommendations of manufacturer for handling, loading, unloading, transporting and storing of polyethylene pipes and fittings

• The Purchaser shall arrange reception and storage areas only. The supplier shall be responsible for off-loading all materials.

• The materials shall be delivered to the Purchaser at Miyahuna stores, Amman or any other place chosen by the Purchaser.

• The supplier shall also be responsible for all handling and transport activities up to Miyahuna store-yard, Amman

• The (DDP) price shall include all costs relating to above-mentioned requirements.

1.8 Handling

Care shall be taken during loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent damage to the pipes. Under no circumstances shall pipes or fittings be dropped or rolled against one another. All pipes and fittings shall be examined. Any damaged materials must be rejected by the Purchasers.

1.9 Details to be provided after awarding

• Conformity to standard certificate from a third party.

• Potable water certificate.

• ISO 9001.

• Manuals and technical catalogues

• Dates of batches or consignment deliveries.

• The supplier shall state which of the sections of the schedule of requirements he proposes to price and supply.

• Any alternative standards proposed including demonstration of equivalency or superiority to the standard specified, if allowed.

Page 34: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Where the supplier offers alternative standards, materials to those specified, the supplier shall provide prices for those specified and the alternatives proposed.

• The supplier shall provide full details of his materials tests and procedures.

Page 35: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.10 DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED UPON

DELIVERY

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

• Certificate of origin.

• Packing list

• Third Party inspection reports (inspection including all the tests required in the

standard)

• Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

1.11 Manuals and Technical Specifications

The supplier shall supply full technical specifications for the items to be supplied at the after awarding. In addition he shall provide full instruction manuals, which describe the correct methods and procedures necessary to construct the pipeline system in accordance with best practice. Conformity to standard certificate must be supplied at after awardingwhere this certificate must be issued from a certified third party and valid up to date.

1.12 Additional Services

The supplier shall provide details of additional services, which he can provide e.g. technical advice and support and, in particular, shall state his capability for supporting the project in the Amman location at the after awarding.

2. Galvanized Iron pipes

1. Galvanized steel pipes must be seam-welded, galvanized threaded pipes (Heavy series) in accordance with BS.EN 10255 latest edition. 2. The dimensions of the pipes must be according to EN 10255: 2004 as shown in table below: Nominal Size (DN)

Designation of thread

Outside diameter Wall Thickness

Mass per unit length of bare tube ”socketed “ (kg/m)

Max (mm) Min(mm)

15 1/2” 21.8 21 3.2 1.45

20 3/4 “ 27.3 26.5 3.2 1.88

25 1” 34.2 33.3 4 2.95

50 2” 60.8 59.7 4.5 6.26

80 3” 89.5 88 5 10.5

100 4” 115 113.1 5.4 14.8

3. The pipe shall be supplied screwed in accordance to BS EN 10226-1 part ( 1) and EN 10226-2 part (2) pipe Threads. And shall have the screw threads clean, well cut and square with axis of the pipe and be free from excessive burrs. Each pipe shall be

Page 36: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

supplied with a socket at one end and shall have protecting ring affixed to the unsocketed end, to prevent damage to the leading thread. The end of each socket shall chamfered internally. 4. The galvanization shall be done by hot-dip zinc coating process according to EN10240. 5. All pipes shall be straight, cleanly finished, and free from cracks, surface flaws laminations and other defects and shall have reasonably smooth surface. The overall pipe length when one socket has been fitted to be (6) meters plus or minus 150 mm. 6- The socket shall in accordance with EN 10255 latest editions. 7- Galvanization test as in EN 10255 latest edition. 8- Each pipe and fitting shall bear the mark of the year of manufacturer, nominal diameter, and the letter GS on the body of the pipe and fitting. The marks maybe cast on, painted or cold stamped.

Specifications for Welded Steel Pipes

DN≥10”

1. General

1.1 Potable Water Certification All pipe, fittings and coating materials shall be certified for potable water use and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health, All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public shall introduced with the requirements of Jordanian standard (JS 286) Whenever regulation changed it is the supplier /contractor responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements All pipes shall be certified as safe for transporting potable water from third party.

1.2 Toxic Materials

All pipes, coating, sealing and lining material shall be certified for potable water use and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health. The Contractor is prohibited to import or to use any of toxic or poisonous materials or sub materials used in piping, kinds of concrete or in soil in any kind of usage.

1.3 Manuals and Technical Specifications 1. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the items to be supplied after the awarding. In addition he shall provide full instruction manuals, which describe the correct methods and procedures necessary to construct the pipeline system in accordance with best practice.

Page 37: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2. The supplier/ contractor shall provide, after the awarding, details of the of the equipment necessary to correctly install the pipeline system including welding machines, pipe cutters, chamfering (beveling) tools, joint making equipment, lubrication materials and loose tools.

1.4 Internal Quality System On request of the Engineer, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the

manufacturer’s internal quality control.

Quality certified ISO 9001, which have continues quality control protocols and which are

certified by third party quality control which is efficient for prove of quality of a particular supply

or manufacturer’s batch to be shipped to Jordan

1.5 Tests and Manufacture Certification The supplier shall submitted the certificates from the manufacture that all pipe and fittings that

all pipe and fitting which supplied under this contract are comply in all respects with the

requirement and the standards.

A test certificate that all pipe and fitting have tested in according the requirement and the

standards.

1.6 Third Party witness The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original certificate from third party inspection agency

showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard according to which the

materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall under this contract,

have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify compliance with the technical

specifications and the relevant standard. All certification should be from a third party, and the

certification should be valid and up to date, in English, and it must be shown in the certificate

which batch is being tested to make sure that this certificate is for the right batch delivered to

Miyahuna.

The third party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the relevant

standard productions requirements. No fittings shall be accepted unless all type and batch

release tests have been passed. The third party must clearly identify the fittings production date

/ code marked on the fittings, with each batch test performed.

The supplier must submit at least 3 different international third party companies where

Miyahuna will choose one of them.

Page 38: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.7 Inspections and Testing after Delivery The supplier shall submit a certificate, prior to any delivery, certifying that all items have been

mill tested and that they have successfully passed the relative tests prescribed by the relative

standard specifications

Any or all materials and manufactured articles supplied for use in any of the works, shall if so

required by the engineer, shall be tested in advance at the supplier expense in accordance with

the tests specified in EN, BS or ISO or other approved equal standards.

The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished materials shall be

subject to inspection and approval by the Purchasers. Such inspection may be made at the site

after delivery, and the materials shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to

meet any of the specification requirements. All the expenses involved in inspection and testing

material shall be borne by the supplier.

1.8 Tests and Manufacture Certification

The supplier shall submitted the certificates from the manufacture that all pipe and fittings that

all pipe and fitting which supplied under this contract are comply in all respects with the

requirement and the standards. A test certificate that all pipe and fitting have tested in

according the requirement and the standards. All pipe and fitting shall be tested hydraulically

before coating, all pipe and fitting shall be capable of withstanding a hydraulic test pressure of

1.5 the nominal pressure. Holiday test and adhesion test should be also to be done.

1. 9 Handling and transportation The coated and lined pipes shall be transported through extreme climate, so manufacturer

must take into account the choice of material.

The cost of packing shall be included for in the contractor rates. • Protection of coated and lined pipes against damages during storage, transport and

handling is required either by using straw or wood wool pads.

Page 39: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2. 1. 10 Documents to be provided after the awarding

1. Conformity to Standard certificate from third party

a. This certificate must confirm the ability of the manufacturer to fulfill all Miyahuna

required specifications and standard including coating and lining for the specified

pipes.

b. The certificate should be certified from Jordan Institution for Standard and

Metrology (JISM) with an official letter, the letter should be renewed annually.

2. Potable water certificate

3. Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001).

4. Internal Quality System

5. Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the manufacturer’s

internal quality control.

6. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the

items to be supplied at the after awarding.

7. Detailed manufacturer's proposals for pipes and fittings manufacture, coating and lining

etc

All above documents must be valid and in English.

3. 1.11 Documents to be provided upon delivery

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

1. Certificate of origin.

2. Packing list

3. Third Party inspection reports (inspection including all the tests required in the standard)

4. Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

2. Technical Specifications

2.1 Materials Sheet metal used for spiral welded steel pipes must have the same quality over the whole length of the tube; beads must have no sharp, cutting or protruding edges neither on the inside nor the outside. They shall be continuously welded. Tubes must be exposed to a hydraulic pressure test at the factory which, unless specified otherwise, shall be carried out at such pressures that the strain which the metal is subjected during tests will not exceed 48% of the minimum breaking strength. These tests are to be

Page 40: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

carried out correctly and the Contractor will furnish proof that factory tests were duly carried out.

2.2 Length of Pipes

Pipes shall have an average length of 6 and / or 12 meters and as approved by the Engineer

2.3 Steel Grade

The pipes shall be in accordance with (API - 5L, Grade of steel, x 42), or approved equivalent standards, high-tensile, welded steel pipes.

2.4 Dimensions

The wall thickness and the minimum mill-inspection test pressures shall be as follows:

Nominal dia. (ND) inch

Outside diameter (mm) (inch)

Wall Thickness ( mm )

Test Pressure (kg/cm2)

10 ¾” 273.10 10 3/4” 5.6 100

12 ¾” 323.9 12 3/4” 6.4 96

16” 406.40 16” 6.4 77

20” 508.00 20” 7.1 73

24” 610.00 24” 7.1 61

32” 813.00 32” 9.5 61

2.5 Working Pressure The nominal working pressure of all pipes shall not be less than 60 bar

2.6 Joints

Option 1 : Socket & Spigot Joints Joints shall be slip joints (socket and spigot), joints shall meet all radiography, X-ray,

thickness, dimension, mechanical and other requirements of DIN.

The thickness of the slip joint, which must be part of the pipe, shall be greater than or

equal to the pipe thickness.

Page 41: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The joint shall be welded externally in the field and shall be completed internally by a

rubber ring built into the socket. The length of the socket shall be such that the rubber

ring does not undergo any damage during the field welding operation.

The jointing ring shall be of ethylene propylene rubber (EPDM) or styrene butadiene

rubber (SBR) to an approved shape and shall be securely fitted, by gluing in the plant

into the sockets against the cement mortar lining.

All welded and flanged joints of steel pipes shall be protected and coated with the same

coating material of pipes.

Option 2 : Beveled end End of pipes must be calibrated and beveled by 30º degrees ( plus or minus 5º

degrees ) for elecric fusion butt welding.

All welded and flanged joints of steel pipes, shall be protected and coated with the

same coating materials of the steel pipes.

2.7 Internal lining and external coating

2.7.1 Internal Lining

The internal cement mortar lining shall be of 6.0 mm. and conform to all relevant requirements of BS. 534 / 1990 or AWWA. C.205 - 85 .

The unlined and / or uncoated wall of the pipe shall be protected by suitable harmless approved bituminous or epoxy paint .

The internal lining thickness shall not be less than the minimum thicknesses given in the following table :

Nominal Diameter (ND) inch

Minimum thickness (mm) BS.534.1990 AWWA.C.205-85

10 6 (+2 , -0) 6 (+3.2 , -1.6)

12 6 (+2 , -0) 8 (+3.2 , -1.6)

16 7 (+2 , -0) 8 (+3.2 , -1.6)

20 7 (+2 , -0) 8 (+3.2 , -1.6)

24 7 (+2 , -0) 10 (+3.2 , -1.6)

32 10 (+3.2 , -1.6)

Page 42: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2.7.2 External coating

External coating of steel pipes and fittings shall be polyethylene sheathing (reinforced type) according to DIN. (30670), designation: Reinforced sheathing (V). The polyethylene sheathing shall be applied at manufacturer's works (plant) extruded and melted on and homogeneous to steel pipes with API 5L-X42 for buried installation . Between the polyethylene sheathing and the pipe steel there shall be an adhesive film which is applied electro-statically. The polyethylene sheathing shall be made continuous extrusion and the adhesive film shall be firmly bonded to the steel surface. The coating shall be spark-free when tested with a Holiday detector at 25000 volts. The minimum coating thickness shall be 3.0 mm for pipes of nominal diameters up to 20”, and 3.50 mm for 24” diameter pipes. In addition to tests to DIN 30670 for coating and coating materials, the coating shall be tested for cathodic disbonding in accordance with ASTM G8. The polyethylene coating shall be capable of operating at a continuous temperature up to 50 C. without any effect on coating and bonding. The polyethylene and adhesive shall stop at a distance of 100mm plus the insert of the pipe for the spigot and 100mm for the end of the socket of the pipe.

2.8 Marking The material shall be marked with the manufacturer's symbol or mark in addition to the code number, standard specification, and the inspector stamp. The pipes as well shall be stamped with the purchaser symbol, "Miyahuna"

Insulation Materials for Joints of All Pipes Sizes: Sufficient quantity of insulating materials shall be included to cover the joints and fittings after welding the pipes and its cost shall be deemed to be included in the respective unit price.

The bidder must give full information, details, technical data require in attached sheets and must also give full technical specifications of his bid in addition to manufacturer catalogue and standards, as well as the chemical and physical analysis.

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6

Diameter 10” 12” 16” 20” 24” 32”

Nominal Diameter

Outside Diameter

Wall Thickness

Working pressure

Test pressure

Wt/meter (bare)

Page 43: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

WT/meter with

Length of pipe

Standards

Manufacturer

Country of origin

Welding process

Type of welding

Type of lining

Thick. Of lining

Type of coating

Thick. of coating

Page 44: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2-DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS SPECIFICATIONS

Table of Contents 1. General .......................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.1 Potable Water Certification ..................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.2 Toxic Materials ........................................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.3 Third Party witness .............................................................................................................. 35

1.4 Testing after delivery ............................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.5 Fittings packaging .................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.6 Identification ........................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.

2. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS ............................................................................................................ 45

2.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 45

2.2 Materials .............................................................................................................................. 45

2.3 Design .................................................................................................................................. 45

2.4 COATING .............................................................................................................................. 46

2.5 Documents to be provided after awarding ......................................................................... 64

2.6 Documents to be provided upon delivery ........................................................................... 37

2.7 Markings of fittings ............................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.

Ductile Iron Fittings Specifications1.

General

• 1.1 POTABLE WATER CERTIFICATION

All fittings, gaskets and materials shall be certified for potable water use, and all pipes and materials should be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent testing laboratory. All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public shall introduced with the requirements of BS 6920 (suitability for non metallic products for use in contact with drinking water) or any equivalent standard as well as the Jordanian standard (JS 286/2008) and the requirements of EN 15664 ( influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ) or any equivalent standard and the World Health Organization standard (WHO), and whenever the regulation is changed it is the supplier responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements.

Page 45: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Potable water certificate submitted must be for the same batch delivered to Miyahuna, certificates must be in English and from third party.

• 1.2 TOXIC MATERIALS

All fittings, coating, sealing and lining material shall be certified for potable water use and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health. Pipes and pipeline

components, including their protective coatings and joint materials, that will or may come

into contact with potable water shall not constitute a toxic hazard, shall not support

microbial growth, shall not cause taste or odour, cloudiness or discolouration of the water

and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are

considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health .

Non toxicity certificate should be provided in English.

• 1.3 THIRD PARTY WITNESS

The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original certificate from third party inspection

agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard according

to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall

under this contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify

compliance with the technical specifications and the relevant standard. All certification

should be from third party, and the certification should be valid and up to date, in

English, and it must be shown in the certificate which batch is being tested to make sure

that this certificate is for the right batch delivered to Miyahuna.

The third party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the

relevant standard productions requirements. No fittings shall be accepted unless all type

and batch release tests have been passed. The third party must clearly identify the fittings

production date / code marked on the fittings, with each batch test performed.

The supplier must submit at least 3 different international third party companies where Miyahuna will choose one of them.

• 1.4 TESTING AFTER DELIVERY

All materials supplied shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the Royal Scientific Society to confirm that the pipes are manufactured according to EN 545-2010.

In the case the delivery was made on more than one consignment, each consignment will be tested to confirm the compliance with above standard.

NOTE :

Page 46: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

ALL COST TESTS BEFORE AND AFTER THIS ITEM AND WETHER LOCAL OR ABROAD SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE TENDER UNIT RATES.

• 1.5 FITTINGS PACKAGING

• All fittings must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without

additional cleaning.

• All fittings shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during

delivery. The cost of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates and

crates will not be returned.

• Fittings are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated small

items, such as bolts and gaskets.

• 1.6 IDENTIFICATION

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has

permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather -

resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name

• Contents Description and Quantity

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note

and Cross Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight

• Total net weight

• Packing list reference number

Page 47: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS

• 2.1 GENERAL

1. Ductile iron fittings shall comply with all specifications and standards mentioned

below or equivalent and compatible.

2. Ductile iron fittings shall be sand cast in accordance with the European Standard EN

545:2010 or equivalent and compatible.

3. Each Socket joint shall be supplied with its EPDM gasket.

4. All fittings must confirm with the requirements of norms and standards, and should

be suitable to be used in conjunction with pressure pipes to the appropriate EN

standards.

5. All fittings must have molded-in identification and appropriate product information

6. All fittings must be packed in such a way as to avoid surface oxidation and should

only require cleaning before installation.

7. The joints of ductile iron (DI) fittings shall be according to the above mentioned

standards, and all flanged for Tapers and T-Piece and for bends spigot-socket

TYTON.

• 2.2 MATERIALS

1. of ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18 acc. to EN 1563 (GGG 400 - DIN 1693) or

equivalent and compatible.

2. All gaskets shall be of EPDM rubber according to EN681-1:2006 or equivalent

and compatible.

3. Flat gaskets shall be fiber reinforced for PN16, or Flat gaskets of NBR rubber,

according to EN681-1:2006 or equivalent and compatible.

• 2.3 DESIGN

1. Dimension Range: above DN 100

2. Working pressure: PN 16, PN25 or PN40 (based on BOQ)

3. Fittings unless otherwise specified shall be of flanged type compatible with the pipe

system

4. Flange dimensions and drilling according to EN 1092-2.

5. Flanged fittings shall be supplied with flat gasket, galvanized 8.8 bolts & nuts &

washers according to required length and size M16, M20, M24, M27.

6. The DI bends shall be designed and manufactured as automatic push-on joint type

installed along and with DI pipes of type socket-spigot, fittings such as T-pieces and

tapers shall be of flanged type drilled to required PN.

7. Bolts shall be according to ISO 4016 and nuts to EN 24034 inclusive washers.

Page 48: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• 2.4 COATING

Epoxy powder coated inside and outside:

All fittings, accessories and pipes not centrifugally cast shall be delivered externally and internally coated either by a paint coating in conformity with 4.6.2 or by an epoxy coating in conformity with EN 14901

in accordance with quality and test requirements of RAL-GZ 662, RAL 5015 or RAL 5005.

• coating thickness: min. 250 μm

• The epoxy coating adhesion shall achieve an average value of at

least 8 MPa and a minimum single value of 6 MPa

• 2.5 DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED AFTER

AWARDING

1. Conformity to Standard certificate from third party. (EN 545:2010) or equivalent and

compatible.

• This certificate must confirm the ability of the manufacturer to fulfill all required

specifications and standard .

• The certificate should be certified from Jordan Institution for Standard and Metrology

(JISM) with an official letter, the letter should be renewed annually

2. Potable water certificate 3. Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001). 4. Internal Quality System 5. Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the manufacturer’s internal quality control. 6. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the items to be supplied at the after awarding. 7. Detailed manufacturer's proposals for pipes and fittings manufacture, coating and lining etc

All above documents must be valid and in English.

• 2.6 DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED UPON

DELIVERY

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

Page 49: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1. Certificate of origin.

2. Packing list

3. Third Party inspection reports from third party (inspection including all the tests

required in the standard)

4. Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

• 2.7 MARKINGS OF FITTINGS

All fittings shall be legibly and durably marked and shall bear at least the following information:

The marking shall show at least the following information:

• The manufacturer ‘s name or mark

• The identification of the year of manufacture

• The identification as ductile iron

• The DN

• The PN rating of flanges when applicable

• The reference top this standard

• The class designation of centrifugally cast pipes when other than K9

• Third party

• MIYAHUNA tender No

• Production period (( YEAR ) )

• Water , ” to indicate that pipes or fittings are intended for potable water”

Page 50: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

3-HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE FITTINGS

1. General 1.1 Ambient Conditions

All fittings, materials and equipment shall be in every respect suitable for storage, installation, use and operation in the conditions of temperature, humidity and The PH of water appertaining in Jordan.

Atmospheric temperature in Jordan varies between varies between -10˚C and 50 ˚C.

1.2 Potable Water Certification

All fittings and materials shall be certified for potable water use, and all fittings and

materials should be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent

testing laboratory.

All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public supply

shall be introduced with the requirements of BS 6920 (suitability for non metallic

products for use in contact with drinking water) or any equivalent standard as well as the

Jordanian standard (JS 286/2008) and the requirements of EN 15664 ( influence of

metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ) or any equivalent standard

and the World Health Organization standard (WHO), and whenever the regulation is

changed it is the supplier responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements.

Potable water certificate submitted must be for the same batch delivered to Miyahuna,

certificates must be in English

1.3 Toxic Materials

fittings and pipeline components, including their protective coatings and joint materials,

that will or may come into contact with potable water shall not constitute a toxic hazard,

shall not support microbial growth, shall not cause taste or odour, cloudiness or

discolouration of the water and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water

in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health .

Non toxicity certificate should be provided.

1.4 Third Party Witness

Page 51: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.4.1 General

The supplier must submit at least 3 different international third party companies where Miyahuna will choose one of them. The supplier shall furnish an original certificate from the third party inspection agency

showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard (ISO 4427 /2007)

according to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection

agency shall under this contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to

verify compliance with the technical specifications and the relevant standard. The third

party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the relevant

standard productions requirements. All certification should be from a certified and

approved third party, and the certificates must be related to the same batch delivered to

miyahuna, all certificates must be valid and written in English.

1.4.2 Fittings

For fittings third Party shall verify that fittings are produced in compliance with ISO

4427-3/ 2003, EN12201 or equivalent, all batch release tests shall be witnessed and

certified by an approved third party, and No fitting shall be accepted unless all type and

batch release tests have been passed. The third party must clearly identify the fittings

production date / code marked on the fittings, with each batch test performed

1.5 Testing after delivery

All materials supplied to the site in Jordan shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried

out by the Royal Scientific Society. Or similar accredited authority. The test should

confirm that the materials and fittings are manufactured according to ISO 4427, EN12201

or equivalent; all Tests required for polyethylene fittings must be performed according to

the above standards. If any of the tests mentioned in the standards cannot be performed

by the Royal Scientific Society then the supplier should provide a third party certificate

for those tests taking into considerations all the statements mentioned in “third party

witness” section.

All testing costs should be borne by the supplier in all cases.

1.6 Fittings Packing and Protection

• All fittings must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without

additional cleaning.

• All electro-fusion fittings must be packed in transparent protective bags. The electro-

fusion fittings must then be packed in carton boxes.

• All fittings shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during

delivery. The cost of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates and

crates will not be returned.

• Fittings are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated small

items, such as bolts and gaskets.

Page 52: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.7 Identification

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has permanently attached to it, in a

conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather - resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name

• Contents Description and Quantity

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note

and Cross Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight

• Total net weight

• Packing list reference number

1.8 Transport and Deliveries

• The supplier shall send to the Purchasers, one-week advance notice of all

consignments of materials. Every consignment shall be accompanied by a

detailed delivery note.

• The supplier shall deliver to and off load the materials onto the storage area as

directed by the Purchasers. All materials delivered will be examined and

inspected by the Purchaser and taken over by him.

• The Supplier shall provide necessary details to the shipping line on precautions to be

taken during loading/unloading, handling & transport of the pipes & fittings and

other components. Supplier shall provide to the purchaser a set of recommendations

of manufacturer for handling, loading, unloading, transporting and storing of

polyethylene pipes and fittings

• The Purchaser shall arrange reception and storage areas only. The supplier shall

be responsible for off-loading all materials.

• The materials shall be delivered to the Purchaser at Miyahuna stores, Amman or

any other place chosen by the Purchaser.

• The supplier shall also be responsible for all handling and transport activities up

to Miyahuna store-yard, Amman

Page 53: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• The (DDP) price shall include all costs relating to above-mentioned

requirements.

1.9 Handling

Care shall be taken during loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent damage to the

pipes, or fittings. Under no circumstances shall pipes or fittings be dropped or rolled

against one another. All pipes and fittings shall be examined. Any damaged materials

must be rejected by the Purchasers.

1.10 Details to be provided after awarding

• Dates of batches or consignment deliveries.

• The supplier shall state which of the sections of the schedule of requirements he

proposes to price and supply.

• Any alternative standards proposed including demonstration of equivalency or

superiority to the standard specified, if allowed.

• Any alternative materials proposed including demonstration of equivalency or

superiority to the standard specified, these alternative materials should be

subjected to the clients approval.

• Where the supplier offers alternative standards, materials to those specified, the

supplier shall provide prices for those specified and the alternatives proposed.

• The supplier shall include in his price for the training elements related to the

materials he proposes to supply and shall list the elements of training offered, if

needed or requested.

• The supplier shall provide prices for the equipment applicable to the sections of

the schedule of requirements he intends to price.

• The supplier shall provide full details of his materials tests and procedures.

• Any alternative proposed specification for combined tracer and

marker tape.

• ISO or EN certification for management and product.

• CV’s of proposed training staff, if necessary.

• Costs of Trainers expenses, if requested.

Page 54: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Training program, if requested.

1.11 Documents to be provided upon delivery

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

• Certificate of origin.

• Packing list

• Third Party inspection reports (inspection including all the tests required in the

standard)

• Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

• All above documents must be valid and in English.

1.12 Manuals and Technical Specifications

The supplier shall supply full technical specifications for the items to be supplied after awarding.

In addition he shall provide full instruction manuals, which describe the correct methods and

procedures necessary to construct the pipeline system in accordance with best practice.

1.13 Additional Services

The supplier shall provide details of additional services, which he can provide e.g. technical

advice and support and, in particular, shall state his capability for supporting the project in the

Amman location at the after awarding.

2. Polyethylene Fittings 2.1 fittings used for existing networks

Fittings used for polyethylene pipes must be manufactured and tested according to the

standards shown in the following tables. As shown, table 2.1 is standards for fittings for

Miyahuna uses, such as maintenance purposes and storing in warehouses.

2.2 fittings used for new installations

For the new projects, Miyahuna recommends that all fittings should be installed using electro-

fusion technology, table 3.2 shows the standards for the fittings used in the new projects.

Page 55: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2.3 Connection Type

Table 2.3 Connection Type

Diameter of pipe(mm) Connection Type Standard

25-125 Mechanical or Electro-fusion According to tables: 3.1.a , 3.1.b and 3.2

125 and above Butt welding or Electro-fusion

Machine : ISO 12176 ISO 13953, ISO 11414

The Butt welding machine must be fully automatic

2.4 Design Requirements:

- The design of fittings must ensure that the wires which coiled around the inner

part of electro fusion fittings are built in the body of fittings not separated from it.

- The cutter of PE EF Tapping shall be certified for potable water use.

1.1.4 Table 2.1 Polyethylene fittings on Polyethylene pipes:

No. Description Installation /Type

Standard No Testing method

1. PE Connector

(25mm,32 mm, 63 mm)

Compression ISO 14236:2000 ISO 3501,ISO 3503,

ISO 3458,ISO 3459

2. PE EF Collar

( 125mm , 180 mm,250 mm,25 mm,32

mm, 63 mm)

Electro Fusion ISO 4427:2004 or

Equivalent:

EN 12201-3 :2003

ISO 13955,ISO 13954,

ISO 11413

3. PE Reducer

( 32mmX25mm , 63mmX25mm,63X32)

Compression ISO 14236:2000 ISO 3501,ISO 3503,

ISO 3458,ISO 3459 4. PE Adaptor

( 2” (63mm) Male, 1” (32mm) Male,

3/4” (25mm) Male) a

Compression

5. PE Flange Adaptor

(125mm , 180 mm, 250 mm)

Electro Fusion ISO 4427:2004 or

Equivalent:

EN 12201-3 : 2003

ISO 13955, ISO

13954, ISO 11413

6. PE Tee

(63X63X63mm, 32X32X32mm,

25X25X25mm, 63X63X32

,63X63X25,32X32X25) b

Compression ISO 14236:2000 ISO 3501,ISO 3503,

ISO 3458,ISO 3459

Page 56: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

7. PE EF Tee 180X125(socket) Electro Fusion ISO 4427:2004 or

Equivalent:

EN 12201-3 : 2003

ISO 13955, ISO

13954, ISO 11413

8. PE End Cap

(63mm, 32 mm, 25 mm,.......)

Compression ISO 14236:2000 ISO 3501,ISO 3503,

ISO 3458,ISO 3459 9. PE Elbow 63mm, 32mm ,25 mm Compression

10. PE EF Elbow 900

(180(socket), 125 mm, 250 mm , .....)

Electro Fusion ISO 4427:2004 or

Equivalent:

EN 12201-3 : 2003

ISO 13955, ISO

13954, ISO 11413 11. Electro fusion end cap

( 125 mm , 180 mm )

Electro Fusion

12. PE EF Tapping

( 125*25 , 180*25 , 125*63 ,

125*32,63*32 ,63*25, )

Electro Fusion

13. PE EF Elbow 450

(180, 125 mm, 250 mm , .....)

Electro Fusion ISO 4427:2004 or

Equivalent:

EN 12201-3 : 2003

ISO 13955, ISO

13954, ISO 11413

1.1.5 Table 2.2: Fittings for new installation Tenders

No. Description Installation/ Type

Standard No Testing method

1. PE Connector

(25mm,32 mm, 63 mm)

Electro Fusion IS

O 4

42

7:2

004

or

Equi

vale

nt: E

N 1

22

01

-3: 2

00

3

ISO

13

95

5,

ISO

13

95

4, I

SO 1

14

13

2. PE EF Collar

(125mm , 180 mm,250mm,25 mm,32mm,

63mm)

Electro Fusion

3. PE Reducer Electro Fusion

4. PE Adaptor

( 2” (63mm), 1” (32mm), 3/4” (25mm) )

Electro Fusion

5. PE Flange Adaptor

(125mm , 180 mm, 250 mm)

Electro Fusion

6. PE Tee b PE Tee

(63X63X63mm, 32X32X32mm,

25X25X25mm, 63X63X32

,63X63X25,32X32X25) b

Electro Fusion

7. PE EF Tee (socket) or saddle branch ( line to

line)

Electro Fusion

Page 57: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

(180X125, 180X180,......)

8. PE End Cap

(63mm, 32 mm, 25 mm, ........)

Electro Fusion

9. PE Elbow 63mm Electro Fusion

10. PE EF Elbow (socket)

(180 mm, 125 mm,250mm ......)

Electro Fusion

11. Electro fusion end cap

( 125 mm , 180 mm )

Electro Fusion

12. PE EF Tapping

( 125*25 , 180*25 , 125*63 ,

125*32,63*32 ,63*25, )

Electro Fusion

13. Connector (25 mm, 32 mm) c Compression ISO 14236:2000 ISO 3501,ISO 3503,

ISO 3458,ISO 3459

a Adapter is used to connect Polyethylene pipes to pipe made from another material, and it should be

compression from one side and male threaded from the other side b It is not allowed to use the weldable outlet Kit c when the installation is near to the customer cabinet ,whether the connection was straight connection or

using elbow , compression fittings should be used

Annex 1

Reference standards

Standard Number Description

ISO 4427-1 :2007 Plastics piping systems -- Polyethylene (PE) pipes and fittings for water supply Part 1 - General

ISO 4427-2 :2007 Part 2 – pipes

ISO 4427-3 :2004 Part 3 - Fittings

EN12201-1 :2010 Plastic piping System for Water Supply – polyethylene (PE) Part 1-General.

EN12201-2 :2003 Part 2 – pipes

EN12201-3 :2003 Part 3 - Fittings

BS 6920 Testing of non-metallic components with regards to their effect of the quality of water

EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption

ISO 14236 :2000 Plastics pipes and fittings – Mechanical joint compression fittings for use with polyethylene pressure pipes in water supply system

Page 58: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

ISO 11413: 1996 Plastics pipes and fittings – preparation of test piece assemblies between a polyethylene (PE) pipe and electro fusion fittings

ISO 13954: 1997 Plastics pipes and fittings – peel decohesion test for polyethylene (PE)electro fusion assemblies of nominal outside diameter greater than or equal to 90 mm

ISO 13955 Plastics pipes and fittings – Crushing decohesion for polyethylene (PE) electro fusion assemblies

ISO 3458: 1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes –Test of leakproofness under internal pressure

ISO 3459: 1976 Polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes – Joints assembled with mechanical fittings – Internal under pressure test method and requirements.

ISO 3501 : 1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene ( PE) pressure pipes –Test of resistance to pull out

ISO 3503 :1976 Assembled joints between fittings and polyethylene (PE) pressure pipes – Test of leakproofness under internal pressure when subjected to bending.

ISO 3506 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless steel fasteners - Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs

EN 681-1 Elastomeric seals - Material requirements for pipe joint seals used in water and drainage applications - Part 1: Vulcanized rubber

EN 681-2 Elastomeric seals - Material requirements for pipe joint seals used in water and drainage applications - Part 2: Thermoplastic elastomers

EN 601 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Castings - Chemical composition of castings for use in contact with foodstuff

ISO 12176 Plastics pipes and fittings -- Equipment for fusion jointing polyethylene systems -- Part 1: Butt fusion

ISO 13953 Determination of the tensile strength and failure mode of test pieces from a butt-fused joint

ISO 11414 Preparation of polyethylene (PE) pipe/pipe or pipe/fitting test piece assemblies by butt fusion

Page 59: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

4-GALVANIZED IRON FITTINGS

General 1.1 Ambient Conditions

All Fittings, materials and equipments shall be in every respect suitable for storage, installation, use and operation in the conditions of temperature, humidity and The PH and water quality appertaining in Jordan.

Atmospheric temperature in Jordan varies between -10˚C and 50 ˚C.

1.2 Potable Water Certification

All Fittings and materials shall be certified for potable water use, and all fittings and

materials should be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent

testing laboratory. All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water

for public shall introduced with the requirements of BS 6920 (suitability for non metallic

products for use in contact with drinking water) or any equivalent standard as well as

the Jordanian standard (JS 286/2008) and the requirements of EN 15664 ( influence of

metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ) or any equivalent

standard and the World Health Organization standard (WHO), and whenever the

regulation is changed it is the supplier responsibility to ensure conformity with any new

requirements.

Potable water certificate submitted must be for the same batch delivered to Miyahuna,

certificates must be in English from third party.

1.3 Toxic Materials

Fittings and components, including their protective coatings and joint materials, that will or may come into contact with potable water shall not constitute a toxic hazard, shall not support microbial growth, shall not cause taste or odour, cloudiness or discolouration of the water and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health . Non toxicity certificate should be provided.

Page 60: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.4 Third Party Witness

The supplier must submit at least 3 different international third party companies where Miyahuna will choose one of them.

The supplier shall furnish an original certificate from a third party inspection agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard (EN 10255/ BS 143) according to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall under this contract. The third party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the relevant standard productions requirements. All certification should be from a certified and approved third party, and the certificates must be related to the same batch delivered to Miyahuna, all certificates must be valid and written in English. 1.5 Testing after delivery

All materials supplied to the site in Jordan shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the Royal Scientific Society. Or similar accredited authority. The test should confirm that the materials and fittings are manufactured according to EN 10255 or BS 143 or equivalent; all Tests required in this standard must be performed. If any of the tests mentioned in the standards cannot be performed by the Royal Scientific Society then the supplier should provide a third party certificate for those tests taking into considerations all the statements mentioned in “third party witness” section.

All testing costs should be borne by the supplier in all cases.

1.6 Fittings Packing and Protection

• All fittings must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without

additional cleaning.

• All fittings shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during

delivery. The cost of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates and

crates will not be returned.

• Fittings are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated small

items, such as bolts and gaskets.

1.7 Transport and Deliveries

• The supplier shall send to the Purchasers, one-week advance notice of all

consignments of materials. Every consignment shall be accompanied by a

detailed delivery note.

• The supplier shall deliver to and off load the materials onto the storage area as

directed by the Purchasers. All materials delivered will be examined and

inspected by the Purchaser and taken over by him.

Page 61: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• The Supplier shall provide necessary details to the shipping line on precautions

to be taken during loading/unloading, handling & transport of the fittings &

fittings and other components. Supplier shall provide to the purchaser a set of

recommendations of manufacturer for handling, loading, unloading, transporting

and storing of polyethylene fittings

• The Purchaser shall arrange reception and storage areas only. The supplier shall

be responsible for off-loading all materials.

• The materials shall be delivered to the Purchaser at Miyahuna stores, Amman or

any other place chosen by the Purchaser.

• The supplier shall also be responsible for all handling and transport activities up

to Miyahuna store-yard, Amman

• The (DDP) price shall include all costs relating to above-mentioned

requirements.

1.8 Handling

Care shall be taken during loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent damage to the fittings. Under no circumstances shall fittings or fittings be dropped or rolled against one another. All fittings and fittings shall be examined. Any damaged materials must be rejected by the Purchasers.

1.9 Details to be provided after awarding.

• Conformity to standard certificate from third party.

• Potable water certificate.

• ISO 9001.

• Manuals and technical catalogues

• Dates of batches or consignment deliveries.

• The supplier shall state which of the sections of the schedule of requirements

he proposes to price and supply.

Page 62: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Any alternative standards proposed including demonstration of equivalency or

superiority to the standard specified, if allowed.

• Where the supplier offers alternative standards, materials to those specified,

the supplier shall provide prices for those specified and the alternatives

proposed.

• The supplier shall provide full details of his materials tests and procedures.

1.10 Documents to be provided upon delivery

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

• Certificate of origin.

• Packing list

• Third Party inspection reports (inspection including all the tests required in the

standard)

• Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

• All above documents must be valid and in English.

1.11 Manuals and Technical Specifications

The supplier shall supply full technical specifications for the items to be supplied after

awarding. In addition he shall provide full instruction manuals, which describe the

correct methods and procedures necessary to construct the pipeline system in

accordance with best practice. Conformity to standard certificate must be supplied at

after awarding where this certificate must be issued from a certified third party and

valid up to date.

Page 63: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2. Galvanized Steel fittings

1. Scope of use

The fitting must be according to EN 10255 or BS 143 or equivalent and shall be used

with heavy series of pipes according to BS EN 10255.

It must also be suitable for potable water use.

2- Designation

The fittings shall be Malleable Cast-Iron Screw down pipe fittings in accordance with BS EN

10242-1995 or approved equal.

3- Threading

Threads must be in accordance with EN 102266-1 and EN 10226-2 and EN 10226-3

4- Working pressure

Working pressure shall not be less than 16 bar with 24 bar hydrostatic pressure test.

5- Galvanization

The fittings shall be (EE, GF, CRANE or equivalent in quality) , andhave an adequate corrosion

protection of internal and external surfaces by mean of hot dip galvanization according BS EN

ISO 1461:1999 galvanization test is required .

6- Marking

Page 64: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Each fitting shall bear the mark of the year of manufacturer, nominal diameter, and the letter GS

on the body of fitting. The marks maybe cast on, painted or cold stamped.

ck Steel FittingsSpecifications for Bla

1. General

1.1 Potable Water Certification All pipe, fittings and coating materials shall be certified for potable water use and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health, All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public shall introduced with the requirements of Jordanian standard (JS 286) Whenever regulation changed it is the supplier /contractor responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements All pipes shall be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent testing laboratory. Potable water certificate submitted must in English and from third party.

1.2 Toxic Materials

All fittings, coating, sealing and lining material shall be certified for potable water use and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health. The Contractor is prohibited to import or to use any of toxic or poisonous materials or sub materials used in piping, kinds of concrete or in soil in any kind of usage.

Page 65: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.3 Manuals and Technical Specifications 1. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the items to be supplied at after awarding. In addition he shall provide full instruction manuals, which describe the correct methods and procedures necessary to construct the pipeline system in accordance with best practice.

2. The supplier/ contractor shall provide, after awarding, details of the of the equipment necessary to correctly install the pipeline system including welding machines, pipe cutters, chamfering (beveling) tools, joint making equipment, lubrication materials and loose tools.

1.4 Internal Quality System On request of the Engineer, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the

manufacturer’s internal quality control.

Quality certified ISO 9001, which have continues quality control protocols and which are

certified by third party quality control which is efficient for prove of quality of a particular supply

or manufacturer’s batch to be shipped to Jordan

1.5 Tests and Manufacture Certification The supplier shall submitted the certificates from the manufacture that all pipe and fittings that

all pipe and fitting which supplied under this contract are comply in all respects with the

requirement and the standards.

A test certificate that all pipe and fitting have tested in according the requirement and the

standards.

1.6 Third Party witness The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original certificate from third party inspection agency

showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard according to which the

materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall under this contract,

have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify compliance with the technical

specifications and the relevant standard. All certification should be from a third party, and the

certification should be valid and up to date, in English, and it must be shown in the certificate

which batch is being tested to make sure that this certificate is for the right batch delivered to

Miyahuna.

The third party inspection agency shall verify that all materials used are eligible for the relevant

standard productions requirements. No fittings shall be accepted unless all type and batch

Page 66: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

release tests have been passed. The third party must clearly identify the fittings production date

/ code marked on the fittings, with each batch test performed.

The supplier must submit at least 3 different international third party companies where

Miyahuna will choose one of them.

1.7 Inspections and Testing after Delivery The supplier shall submit a certificate, prior to any delivery, certifying that all items have been

mill tested and that they have successfully passed the relative tests prescribed by the relative

standard specifications

Any or all materials and manufactured articles supplied for use in any of the works, shall if so

required by the engineer, shall be tested in advance at the supplier expense in accordance with

the tests specified in EN, BS or ISO or other approved equal standards.

The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished materials shall be

subject to inspection and approval by the Purchasers. Such inspection may be made at the site

after delivery, and the materials shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to

meet any of the specification requirements. All the expenses involved in inspection and testing

material shall be borne by the supplier.

1.8 Tests and Manufacture Certification The supplier shall submitted the certificates from the manufacture that all pipe and fittings

that all pipe and fitting which supplied under this contract are comply in all respects with

the requirement and the standards. A test certificate that all pipe and fitting have tested in

according the requirement and the standards. All pipe and fitting shall be tested

hydraulically before coating, all pipe and fitting shall be capable of withstanding a hydraulic

test pressure of 1.5 the nominal pressure. Holiday test and adhesion test should be also to

be done.

1. 9 Handling and transportation The cost of packing shall be included for in the contractor rates. • Protection of coated and lined pipes against damages during storage, transport and

handling is required either by using straw or wood wool pads.

4. 1.10 Documents to be provided after awarding

1. Conformity to Standard certificate from third party.

Page 67: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2. Potable water certificate

3. Manufacturer experience certificates

4. Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001).

5. Internal Quality System

6. Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the manufacturer’s internal

quality control.

7. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the items

to be supplied at the after awarding.

8. Detailed manufacturer's proposals for pipes and fittings manufacture, coating and lining etc

All above documents must be valid and in English.

1.11 Documents to be provided upon delivery

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

1. Certificate of origin.

2. Packing list

3. Third Party inspection reports (inspection including all the tests required in the standard)

4. Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

2. Technical Specifications

2.1 Scope of use

The fittings must be made of seamless pipes and shall be in accordance with ANST (B.16.9). The fittings shall be welded to black steel pipes type (API. 5L - X 42).

2.2 Fabrication of Fittings

The fabrications of fittings shall be as follows:

1. Elbows must be fabricated by forging or by hot or cold forming of seamless pipes. 2. Reducers must be fabricated by hot or cold forming and annealing of seamless

pipes.

Page 68: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

3. Tees must be fabricated by forming of seamless pipe or by cold or hot forming

and annealing of seamless pipes. 4. Caps must be fabricated by hot or cold stamping or forging of plates heat treated. - Fabrication fittings by welding pieces of pipes is not accepted.

2.3 Materials of Fittings Elbows, Tees, Reducers etc ... must be made of seamless pipe grade WPB.

(ASTM. A 234) or approved equivalent.

2.4 Fittings Thickness & Pressure

The minimum thickness of the black steel fittings shall be sufficient to withstand the pressure rating of their respective pipelines.

2.5 Elbows Bends The Elbows must be of long radius type, but short radius elbows can be offered

as an alternative.

2.6 Reducers

The reducers must be concentric. Thickness of each side shall be equal to thickness of related nominal diameter, if thickness of reduced size equal to the thickness of the bigger size, higher thickness will be accepted.

2.7 Straight Equal Tees The straight equal tees, in which the run and branch (out let) is equal in nominal

diameter, thickness must be equal to the thickness of its related nominal diameter.

2.8 Tees Reducing Tees Reducing, in which the Run is bigger than branch (out let) in nominal

diameter thickness of the run, must be equal to the thickness of its related diameter, thickness of the branch (outlet) must equal to its related nominal diameter.

Page 69: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2.9 Coating and Lining All fittings must be lined by corrosion proof materials and must be suitable for

potable water. Coating and lining must stop at the beveled ends for the purpose of welding.

2.10 Marking Every fitting must be marked with: - Trade mark. - Nominal Diameter. - Thickness. - Standard.

2.11 Certificate of Compliance Certificates of compliance of required standards must submit.

Page 70: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

REPAIR CLAMPS

• SCOPE

This Specification specifies the requirements for the design, materials and in-service

performance of mechanical stainless steel repair clamps for waterworks purposes.

This Specification designated for applications involving rigid pipes, typically ductile iron (DI), grey

cast iron (CI), and steel (S). Also, for applications involving flexible pipes, typically un-plasticized

polyvinlchloried (PVC-U) and high-density polyethylene (HDPE).

All materials and equipment shall be in every respect suitable for storage, installation, use and

operation in the conditions of temperature, humidity and The PH and water quality appertaining

in Jordan.

Atmospheric temperature in Jordan varies between -10˚C and 50 ˚C.

• APPLICATION

Stainless steel repair clamps complying with this specification are intended for use in repair of

water supply pipelines of the size designated in Table 8-1, with a maximum service temperature

of 50°C and up to an allowable operating pressure of 16 bars for ranges diameter up to 250

mm. Repair clamps have limited ability to accommodate axial deflection and are, therefore, not

generally intended for use as couplings to join two pipes together. However, they are commonly

utilized for repair situations at full pipe break, where the pipe ends are considered stable. In

addition, repair clamps complying with this specification are intended to provide a permanent

means of preventing loss from or contamination of pipelines that have been affected by

corrosion or mechanical damage in both above-ground and buried applications.

• MATERIALS

The material of Clamps shall be in accordance with the following standards or any other

equivalent standards.

Bands: Stainless Steel Grade AISI 304(A2) to BS1449:1991: part 2 or Grade AISI 316(A4)

stainless steel to BS 1449:1991: part 2, for corrosion resistance.

Bolts shall be Stainless Steel A2, Teflon coated, or mild steel. Nuts & washers shall be Stainless

Steel A2, or mild steel class 4.6 to BS EN20898: Part 1. Receiver bars shall be TIG- welded to

shell to form strong fusion, and fully passivated after welding,

Gasket shall have a gridded pattern for positive sealing, and to be made of specially compounded

NBR rubber specially formulated for water service or EPDM. Compound Grade E to

BS2494:1990

Page 71: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• DESIGN

The Clamps shall be used for permanent repair of cracks, holes, or complete breakages of steel,

ductile Iron, PVC and HDPE pipes.

The Clamps shall be suitable for potable water for Temperature range (-10 to 50) C. Potable

water certificate must be submitted.

Repair Clamps shall be standard full circle single band for diameter 150mm or less. And full

circle double band for diameter more than 150mm, length and number of bolts not less than the

values in Table 8-1 for each diameter.

Gasket shall provide a 360o sealing surface and of such size and shape to provide an adequate

compressive force against the pipe after assembling to affect a positive seal under all

combinations of joint and gasket tolerances. And heavy gauge Type 304 stainless Steel bridge

plate shall be attached into the gasket end to span the lug area and to make installation quick

and easy.

Bolt retainer assembly or lugs shall be of a type 304 stainless steel, and shall be MIG welded to

receiver bar and fully passivated after welding. Lugs may be cast, forged or cold formed of type

304 stainless steel, and may include a high impact polycarbonate plastic, non corrosive retainer.

Lug design shall be such that the band fully compresses the gasket to the complete working

width of the repair clamp without deformation of the band.

Table 0-1: Repair clamps sizes

Bands

Nominal

Pipe Size

(Inch)

Clamps O.D Rang

Length

(mm) No. bolts Inches Millimetres

Min Max Min Max

Sin

gle B

and

2 2.32 2.64 59 67 150 2

3 3.39 3.66 86 93 150 2

4 3.94 4.33 100 110 150 2

5 4.88 5.28 124 134 150 2

6 6.06 6.38 154 162 200 3

6(PE) 6.93 7.32 176 186 200 3

Double

Ban

ds

8 8.268 9.06 210 230 300 3*

10 10.63 11.22 270 285 300 3*

12 12.40 13.189 315 335 500 5*

16 16.34 17.32 415 440 600 6*

24 24.41 25.59 620 650 600 6*

32 32.28 33.46 820 850 800 8*

Page 72: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Bands

Nominal

Pipe Size

(Inch)

Clamps O.D Rang

Length

(mm) No. bolts Inches Millimetres

Min Max Min Max

36 36.61 37.8 930 960 1000 10*

Page 73: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

INSTALLATION OF PIPES AND FITTINGS

• GENERAL

Page 74: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

THE INSTALLATION OF PIPES AND FITTINGS

INCLUDING: EXCAVATION, LAYING AND

BACKFILLING, REINSTATEMENT, ETC. SHALL BE

ACCORDING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OF

MIYAHUNA ATTACHED IN ANNEX

1.DISINFECTION OF PIPELINES

• GENERAL

All pipes, fittings, valves and appearances shall be disinfected according to the specification of

Miyahuna listed below.

• DISINFECTION OF PIPELINES

After the completed pipeline is tested, approved and backfilled, disinfections shall be performed

in the following manner: after flushing the pipes, the system shall be drained completely, all

valves shall be closed carefully and the system filled with a chlorine solution.

All pipes, fittings, valves and appurtenances shall be disinfected by the Contractor as specified

herein unless otherwise directed by the Engineer’s Representative. The Contractor is also

responsible for conducting bacteriological test for all pipe laying through a laboratory. The cost

of disinfection and the bacteriological test shall be borne by the Contractor.

The contractor should use potable water to execute the bacteriological test, and has three

options to fulfil the specs:

• Using Miyahuna water direct from the network by installing a bypass connection and as

instructed by the concerned people in Miyahuna. The costs for the mentioned

connection as well as required material, labour, etc. will be borne by the contractor.

• Using Miyahuna tankers

• By using private tankers the water should be tested first by Miyahuna to ensure that the

delivered water is potable water before executing any bacteriological tests. The costs to

ensure the water quality will be borne by the contractor.

The attention of the Contractor is directed to the requirements of the Contract whereby he is

responsible for preventing the entry of foreign material of any kind from entering the pipe. The

Contractor shall take extreme care to keep the interior of the pipelines free of dirt and other

foreign material. If in the opinion of the Engineer’s or the Employer, dirt or other foreign

material entered a pipe which cannot be removed by flushing, then the Contractor shall clean

and swab the interior of the pipe with a five percent hypo-chlorite disinfecting solution to the

satisfaction of the Engineer’s Representative.

Page 75: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The Contractor shall, during the initial filling of the pipeline, concurrently introduce feed of

chlorine at the same point where the pipeline is being filled. The rate of filling and the feed rate

of the chlorine shall be proportioned so that the initial concentration of the chlorine in the

water in the pipeline is between 50 and 100 milligrams per litre. To assure that this

concentration is maintained, the chlorine residual shall be measured at blow-off, combination air

valves, or other locations during the filling operation.

The following is the amount of chlorine required, if either liquid chlorine (gas at atmospheric

pressure) or a one percent chlorine solution is used, to produce a 100 milligram per litre

concentration in 100 meters of pipe for the various diameters of pipe to be disinfected under

this Contract.

Table 0-1: Liquid Chlorine Required for Disinfecting 100 Meters of Pipes

Nominal Pipe Diameter (mm) 100% Liquid Chlorine

(kg)

1% Chlorine Solution

(Litres)

800 3.60 360

600 2.97 297

400 1.30 130

300 0.75 75

250 0.51 51

200 0.33 33

150 0.18 18

100 0.08 8

80 0.05 5

50 0.02 2

The use of liquid chlorine shall only be permitted when suitable equipment consisting of a

solution feed chlorinator together with a booster pump of injecting the chlorine gas-water

mixture into the pipeline to be disinfected is used. Introduction of chlorine gas directly from the

supply cylinder shall not be allowed.

After completion of the disinfections operation for one pipeline section the Contractor may

reuse this chlorinated water to disinfect adjacent sections of the pipeline by adding additional

chlorine as required to produce the specified concentration of chlorine.

The Contractor shall submit a detailed description of the procedure he proposes to use to

disinfect the pipeline including a description of all equipment to be used for the Engineer’s

Representative approval prior to starting the disinfections operations.

Payment for all labour, material, and equipment, including the cost of all water and chlorine

required to disinfect the pipeline and appurtenances shall be included in the costs for meter run

of the pipe.

Page 76: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The chlorinated water shall remain in each section of the pipeline for at least 24 hours and

during this period all valves and blow-off shall be operated in order to disinfect these

appurtenances. At the end of the 24-hour period, the water in the pipeline shall contain no less

then 25 milligrams chlorine per litre throughout the length of the pipeline. Shall the pipeline fail

to have the specified chlorine concentration at the end of the 24-hour period, the Contractor

shall repeat the operation as necessary to provide complete disinfections.

• FLUSHING OF THE PIPELINE

All pipelines shall be flushed by the Contractor after all hydrostatic pressure tests and

disinfections operations have been performed and accepted by the Engineer’s Representative.

Water for flushing the pipes shall be provided by the contractor as indicated under section –

Disinfection of Pipelines.

After draining the chlorine solution the pipe system shall be flushed with potable water until the

free chlorine content is between 2 to 4 milligrams per litre.

Page 77: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

VALVES AND ACCESSORIES

• GENERAL

Valves and accessories must conform to current EN standards, ISO standards or equivalent with

respect to nomenclature, classification, symbols, and conditions of manufacturing, properties and

tolerances, conditions for the preparation of specimen, test rules, identification labels and

acceptance clauses.

Moulded pieces must have perfect outer surfaces without chips and must be finished by means

of debarring or filing.

Connecting surfaces of all flanges have to be machined. Flanges must also have one or several

circular grooves in order to facilitate grip. All surfaces which are subject to friction must be

machined; bore holes in covers, blind flanges, and flanges which connect pipes have to be

produced by means of drills. Manual precision grinding of valve seats and surfaces of sluice valves

is required for purposes of stability and accuracy of shut-off elements.

Operating stems must be made of stainless steel. They must be machined complete with straight

edges and show no defects or scarcity of material. Toric ring seals must be used for sealing.

Seal bush must be replaceable under pressure.

Manufacturer's marks, flow diameter and an arrow indicating flow direction must be visible on

the device's outer surface.

Punched or forged special elements will have this information stamped upon them.

Before materials are accepted or used the Contractor may be required to supply the Supervisor

with a sample piece of every hydraulic equipment, fitting, valve and accessory, etc.... that he

wishes to install.

All shut-off devices shut in a clockwise sense. This will be indicated by 'O' (open) and 'C'

(closed) with arrows either on the hand wheel or the head of a piece. Operation of shut-off

devices must be easy both for opening and closing. All valves will be flanged.

The following nominal pressures are stipulated:

Table 0-1: Nominal Pressure

Nominal Pressure Pressure Tes6t Body Seat (Sealing)

10 bar 16 bar 10 bar

16 bar 25 bar 16 bar

25 bar 37.5 bar 25 bar

40 bar 60 bar 40 bar

Page 78: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.1.6 Third Party Witness

The supplier shall furnish an original accredited certificate of conformity from the third party

inspection agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard (EN

12266-1/2), where test certificates is required. The third party inspection agency shall under this

contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify compliance with the

technical specifications and the relevant standard. The third party inspection agency shall verify

that all materials used are eligible for the relevant standard productions requirements. All

certification should be from a certified and approved third party, and the certificates must be

related to the same batch delivered to Miyahuna, all certificates must be valid and written in

English.

1.1.7 Testing after delivery

All valves supplied to the site in Jordan shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the

Royal Scientific Society. Or similar accredited authority. Final inspection tests must be done in

accordance with the test requirements of EN 12266-1/2. If any of the tests mentioned in the

standards cannot be performed by the Royal Scientific Society then the supplier should provide

a third party certificate for those tests taking into considerations all the statements mentioned

in “third party witness” section.

All testing costs should be borne by the supplier in all cases.

1.1.8 Valves Packing and Protection

• All valves must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without additional

cleaning.

• All valves shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during delivery.

The cost of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates and crates will not

be returned.

• Valves are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated small items,

such as bolts and gaskets.

1.1.9 Identification

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has

permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather -

resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

Page 79: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• The Manufacturers Name.

• Contents Description and Quantity.

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note and Cross

Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight.

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – Variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight.

• Total net weight.

• Packing list reference number.

1.1.10 Transport and Deliveries

The Contractor shall send to the Engineer, one-week advance notice of all consignments of

materials. Every consignment shall be accompanied by a detailed delivery note.

The Contractor shall deliver to and off load the materials onto the storage area as directed by

the Engineer. All materials delivered will be examined and inspected by the Engineer and taken

over by him.

The Contractor shall provide necessary details to the shipping line on precautions to be taken

during loading/unloading, handling & transport of the pipes & fittings and other components.

Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a set of recommendations of manufacturer for

handling, loading, unloading, transporting and storing of polyethylene pipes and fittings

The Contractor shall arrange reception and storage areas only. aslo shall be responsible for off-

loading all materials.

The Contractor shall also be responsible for all handling and transport activities up to and from

Miyahuna store-yard, Amman.(Materials provided by Miyahuna)

• The (DDP) price shall include all costs relating to above-mentioned

requirements.

1.1.11 Handling

Care shall be taken during loading, transporting, and unloading. Under no circumstances shall

valves be dropped or rolled against one another. All valves shall be examined. Any damaged

materials must be rejected by the Purchasers.

Page 80: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.1.12 Details to be provided after awarding

1. Conformity to standard certificate from a certified third party.

2. Manuals and technical catalogues.

3. Dates of batches or consignment deliveries.

4. The supplier shall state which of the sections of the schedule of requirements he proposes

to price and supply.

5. Any alternative standards proposed including demonstration of equivalency or superiority

to the standard specified, if allowed.

6. Any alternative materials proposed including demonstration of equivalency or superiority

to the standard specified, these alternative materials should be subjected to the clients

approval.

7. Where the supplier offers alternative standards, materials to those specified, the supplier

shall provide prices for those specified and the alternatives proposed.

8. The supplier shall include in his price for the training elements related to the materials he

proposes to supply and shall list the elements of training offered, if needed or requested.

9. The supplier shall provide prices for the equipment applicable to the sections of the

schedule of requirements he intends to price.

10. The supplier shall provide full details of his materials tests and procedures.

11. Any alternative proposed specification for combined tracer and marker tape.

12. ISO or EN certification for management and product.

13. CV’s of proposed training staff, if necessary.

14. Costs of Trainers expenses, if requested.

15. Training program, if requested.

1.1.13 Manuals and Technical Specifications.

The supplier shall supply full technical specifications for the items to be supplied after awarding.

In addition he shall provide full instruction manuals, which describe the correct methods and

procedures necessary to construct the pipeline system in accordance with best practice.

Conformity to standard certificate must be supplied after awarding where this certificate must

be issued from a certified third party and valid up to date.

Page 81: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.1.14 Additional Services

The supplier shall provide details of additional services, which he can provide e.g. technical

advice and support and, in particular, shall state his capability for supporting the project in the

Amman location at the after awarding.

• BALL VALVES

Technical specifications Ball Valve specifications

1. General 1.1 Ambient Conditions

All valves and their accessories shall be in every respect suitable for storage, installation, use and operation in the conditions of temperature, humidity and The PH and water quality appertaining in Jordan.

Where the valve must withstand the following conditions:

• Liquid : Chlorinated , 3-5 ppm, potable water • Working Temperature: Reaches up to 40˚ C

Atmospheric temperature in Jordan varies between -10˚C and 50 ˚C.

1.2 Potable Water Certification

All valves shall be certified for potable water use, and all valves and their accessories should be certified as safe for being use for potable water by an independent testing laboratory. All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public supply shall be introduced with the requirements of BS 6920 (suitability for nonmetallic products for use in contact with drinking water) or any equivalent standard and the requirements of EN 15664 (influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ) or any equivalent standard as well as the Jordanian standard (JS 286/2008) and the World Health Organization standard (WHO), and whenever the regulation is changed it is the supplier responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements. Potable water certificate submitted must be submitted after awarding. Certificates must be in English. Offers without potable water certificates will be rejected. 1.3 Toxic Materials

Page 82: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Valves, their protective coatings and accessories, that will or may come into contact with potable water shall not constitute a toxic hazard, shall not support microbial growth, shall not cause taste or odour, cloudiness or discolouration of the water and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health . Non toxicity certificate should be provided. 1.4 Third Party Witness

The supplier shall furnish an original certificate from third party inspection agency showing all

test results and analysis required by the applicable standard (EN 12266-1/2), where test

certificates is required. The third party inspection agency shall under this contract, have

witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify compliance with the technical

specifications and the relevant standard. The third party inspection agency shall verify that all

materials used are eligible for the relevant standard productions requirements. All certification

should be from a certified and approved third party, and the certificates must be related to the

same batch delivered to Miyahuna, all certificates must be valid and written in English.

where sThe supplier must submit at least 3 different international third party companie Miyahuna will choose one of them.

1.5 Testing after delivery

All valves supplied to the site in Jordan shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the Royal Scientific Society. Or similar accredited authority. Final inspection tests must be done in accordance with the test requirements of EN 12266-1/2. If any of the tests mentioned in the standards cannot be performed by the Royal Scientific Society then the supplier should provide a third party certificate for those tests taking into considerations all the statements mentioned in “third party witness” section.

All testing costs should be borne by the supplier in all cases.

1.6 Valves Packing and Protection

• All valves must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without additional

cleaning.

• All valves shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during

delivery. The cost of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates and

crates will not be returned.

• Valves are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated small

items, such as bolts and gaskets.

Page 83: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.7 Identification

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has

permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather - resistant

material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name

• Contents Description and Quantity

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note and Cross

Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight

• Total net weight

• Packing list reference number

1.8 Transport and Deliveries

• The supplier shall send to the Purchasers, one-week advance notice of all consignments

of materials. Every consignment shall be accompanied by a detailed delivery note.

• The supplier shall deliver to and off load the materials onto the storage area as directed

by the Purchasers. All materials delivered will be examined and inspected by the

Purchaser and taken over by him.

• The supplier shall provide necessary details to the shipping line on precautions to be

taken during loading/unloading, handling & transport of the valves and other

components. Supplier shall provide to the purchaser a set of recommendations of

manufacturer for handling, loading, unloading, transporting and storing of valves.

• The Purchaser shall arrange reception and storage areas only. The supplier shall be

responsible for off-loading all materials.

Page 84: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• The materials shall be delivered to the Purchaser at Miyahuna stores, Amman or any

other place chosen by the Purchaser.

• The supplier shall also be responsible for all handling and transport activities up to

Miyahuna store-yard, Amman

• The (DDP) price shall include all costs relating to above-mentioned requirements.

1.9 Handling

Care shall be taken during loading, transporting, and unloading. Under no circumstances shall valves be dropped or rolled against one another. All valves shall be examined. Any damaged materials must be rejected by the Purchasers.

1.10 Details to be provided after awarding

Conformity to standard certificate from third party

Manuals and technical catalogues

Dates of batches or consignment deliveries.

The supplier shall state which of the sections of the schedule of requirements he proposes

to price and supply.

Any alternative standards proposed including demonstration of equivalency or superiority

to the standard specified, if allowed.

Any alternative materials proposed including demonstration of equivalency or superiority to

the standard specified, these alternative materials should be subjected to the clients

approval.

Where the supplier offers alternative standards, materials to those specified, the supplier

shall provide prices for those specified and the alternatives proposed.

The supplier shall include in his price for the training elements related to the materials he

proposes to supply and shall list the elements of training offered, if needed or requested.

The supplier shall provide prices for the equipment applicable to the sections of the

schedule of requirements he intends to price.

Page 85: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The supplier shall provide full details of his materials tests and procedures.

Any alternative proposed specification for combined tracer and marker tape.

ISO or EN certification for management and product.

CV’s of proposed training staff, if necessary.

Costs of Trainers expenses, if requested.

Training program, if requested.

1.11 Manuals and Technical Specifications

The supplier shall supply full technical specifications for the items to be supplied at after

awarding. In addition he shall provide full instruction manuals, which describe the correct

methods and procedures necessary to construct the pipeline system in accordance with best

practice. Conformity to standard certificate must be supplied after awarding where this

certificate must be issued from a certified third party and valid up to date.

1.12 Additional Services

The supplier shall provide details of additional services, which he can provide e.g. technical

advice and support and, in particular, shall state his capability for supporting the project in the

Amman location at the after awarding.

2.1 Technical specifications

• Working pressure: 16 bar or higher

• Nominal Diameter: 1/2" , 3/4" , 1" and 2"

• The design of the ball valve must ensure completely clear of the waterway when

valve is full open, in such away permitting a “full flow” throw the valve equal to

the nominal pipe diameter.

2.2 Material

The Material of each part of the ball valve is shown in table 2.1 below.

Table 2.1 Materials

Page 86: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

NO PART

NAME

MATERIAL

Page 87: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1 BODY Stainless

Steel : EN -

10088-3-2

Or

CW617N

according

to EN

12165:2011

EN 1982

Page 88: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2 BALL CW617N

according

to EN

12165:2011

chromium

plated Ball

Or

Stainless

Steel : EN -

10088-3-2

Page 89: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

3 HANDLE Steel or

Aluminum

2.3 Design of valve

1. Full bore ball valve.

2. Two piece design.

3. Double female threaded in accordance with BS 21.

4. Lever operated.

2.4 Coating

Coating material if applicable must be suitable for potable water uses.

2.5 Marking

Markings shall be in accordance with EN 19 and shall include the following:

• Nominal Size.

• Working pressure.

• name of manufacturer,

• Year of manufacture.

• “Miyahuna”.

For direct procurements order the marking is depends on the value of the procurements

order.

Page 90: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Appendix 1

Reference standards

Standard Number Description

BS 6920 Testing of non-metallic components with regards to their effect of the quality of water

EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption

EN 12266-1 Industrial valves - Testing of metallic valves - Part 1: Pressure tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria - Mandatory requirements

EN 12266-2 Industrial valves - Testing of metallic valves - Part 2: Tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria - Supplementary requirements

EN 12165:2011 Copper and copper alloys. Wrought and unwrought forging stock

EN 10088-2 Stainless steels. Technical delivery conditions for sheet/plate and strip for general purposes

EN 10088-3 Stainless steels. Technical delivery conditions for semi-finished products, bars, rods, wire, sections and bright products of corrosion resisting steels for general purposes

EN 1982 Copper and copper alloys. Ingots and castings

EN 19 Marking of general purpose industrial valves

Page 91: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Gate Valve Specifications (Source, Origin and nationality for all Valves shall be USA)

Page 92: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1. GENERAL

• 1.1 POTABLE WATER CERTIFICATION

All valves and its coating materials shall be certified for potable water use and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health, All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for public shall introduced with the requirements of Jordanian standard (JS 286) Whenever regulation changed it is the supplier /contractor responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements. Whenever potable water certificate is submitted for the coating material not the valve, the supplier shall furnish a document that relates this certificate with the valve itself. All valves shall be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent testing laboratory.

• 1.2 TOXIC MATERIALS

All valves, coating, sealing and lining material shall be certified for potable water use and shall

contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic

or otherwise dangerous for health. The Contractor is prohibited to import or to use any of toxic

or poisonous materials or sub materials used in piping, kinds of concrete or in soil in any kind of

usage.

• 1.3 THIRD PARTY WITNESS

1.1.15 1.3.1 General

The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original certificate from the third party inspection

agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard according to

which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall under this

contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify compliance with the

technical specifications and the relevant standard. All certification should be from a certified

third party from the applied standard (American Standard) and approved by Miyahuna, and the

certification should be valid up to date and it should be written in English, and it must be shown

in the certificate which batch is being tested to make sure that this certificate is for the right

batch.

1.1.16 1.3.2 Valves

No valve shall be accepted unless all type and batch release tests have been passed. The contractor also is required to submit quality assurance certificates, standard compliance and witness test certificate, from third party from the applied standard (American Standard) and approved by Miyahuna,that the components of the network must not be of any way toxic to

Page 93: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

the water being conveyed. And can be fully used for the distribution of potable water to a temperature up to 50° C. Before dispatching the supplies another visual inspection shall be done in respect of proper

packing and to certify the Bill of Lading for each shipment.

• 1.4 TESTING AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE

The Contractor shall submit a certificate from the manufacturer certifying that all the items have

been mill tested (at the manufactory) and those they have successfully passed the relative tests

prescribed by the relative standards specifications.

• 1.5 TESTING AFTER DELIVERY

Valves supplied shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the Royal Scientific where

Final inspection test must be done according to EN 12266-1/2

NOTE:

ALL COST TESTS BEFORE AND AFTER THIS ITEM AND WETHER LOCAL OR ABROAD SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE TENDER UNIT RATES.

• 1.6VALVES PACKAGING

• All valves must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without additional

cleaning.

• All valves shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during

delivery. The cost of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates and

crates will not be returned.

• Valves are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated small

items, such as bolts and gaskets.

• 1.7 IDENTIFICATION

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has

permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather -

resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name

Page 94: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Contents Description and Quantity

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note and Cross

Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight

• Total net weight

• Packing list reference number

• 1.8 DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED AFTER

AWARDING

1. CONFORMITY TO STANDARD CERTIFICATE (AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE) ACCORDING TO (ANSI/AWWA C509 OR C515) OR EQUIVALENT AND COMPATIBLE.

A. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST CONFIRM THE ABILITY OF THE MANUFACTURER TO FULFILL ALL REQUIRED SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARD .

B. IF THE CERTIFICATE OF CONFIRMITY FOR THE EQUIVALENT NOT AFFIDAVIT THE CERTIFICATE SHOULD BE CERTIFIED FROM JORDAN INSTITUTION FOR STANDARD AND METROLOGY (JISM) WITH AN OFFICIAL LETTER, THE LETTER SHOULD BE RENEWED ANNUALLY

2. Potable water certificate from Third Party NSF 61 and NSF 372, WRAS or equivalent

3. The CONTRACTOR shall provide detailed repair manuals for the gate valves supplied;

4. Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001).

5. Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the manufacturer’s internal

quality control.

Page 95: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

6. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the items

to be supplied at the time of tender.

• 1.9DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED UPON DELIVERY

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

1. Certificate of origin.

2. Packing list

3. Third Party certificates (Affidavit of Compliance)

4. Warranty.

5- Installation and maintenance manual

6. Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

• 1.10 MARKING

Markings shall include size, working pressure, name of manufacturer, and year of manufacture.

Page 96: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

• 2.1 GENERAL

8. Gate valves shall be Resilient seated, non rising stem and shall be comply with all

specifications and standards mentioned below or equivalent and compatible.

9. Valves must be according to (ANSI/AWWA C509 or C515) or (EN 1074/ EN1171),

conformity to standard certificate must be submitted at time of the tender.

10. All valves shall have flanged ends design. push-on jointsubmitted upon request.

11. The valve must be submitted with the following accessories :

• Flanges

• Gaskets

• Bolts, nuts and washers

• Surface box

• Hand wheel

• 2.2 MATERIAL

Part Name Material

Body, wedge and bonnet (16bar)or (250PSI)

ductile iron shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A395 or ASTM A536..

Gaskets and O- rings Gasket material shall be made of inorganic mineral fiber, rubber composition, or paper that is fee from corrosive ingredients. O-Rings or other suitable elastomeric seals may be used for gaskets.

Hand Wheel and Bonnet Cap

ductile iron shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A395 or ASTM A536..

seat

Resilient seat Wedge full lining with EPDM for water system for pressure (16) bars or (250) PSI. According to AWWA C509 or C515.

Valve stem(shaft) cast, forged or rolled bronze grade B, C, D or E Stem nuts shall be grade A,B,C,D or E bronze.

Stem nuts low zinc bronze, SS304, SS316, nickel copper alloy

External nuts, ,washer and bolts

Stainless Steel . ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade

Page 97: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

• 2.3 DESIGN

1. Gate valve is face to face dimensions and shall be flanged design in accordance with EN1092-2 / ISO 7005 for pressure range (16) bar. or equivalents, in

accordance with the details stated on the Drawings and in the Bill of Quantities.

2. ROTATION OF OPENING:

All valves shall open by turning to the left or counterclockwise, when viewed from the stem. All gate valves shall have closing, opening indicators and an arrow cast in the metal to indicate the direction to open.

• 2.4 COATING

All iron components of the valve shall be coated (internal and external ) with a minimum 250µm fusion bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550 or EN 14901and shall be ANSI/NSF 61 and NSF 372 certified , WRAS , or equivalent the coating shall be non-toxic and impart no taste to water.

• VALVE TESTING

Prior to shipment from the factory, 5% of each size and class should be tested with a

minimum (one valve of each size and class), the tests should be applied in accordance

with AWWAC509/C515 or EN1074 – EN 1171Hydrostatic test, Torque test, Leakage test

and Pressure Test , all reports should be in English, and it must be shown in the

certificate it is for the right batch delivered to Miyahuna.

Page 98: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Butterfly Valve Specifications (Source, Origin and nationality for all Valves shall be USA)

. General

• 1.1 POTABLE WATER CERTIFICATION

All valves and its coating materials shall be certified for potable water use and shall

contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be

toxic or otherwise dangerous for health, All material in contact with or likely to come

into contact with water for public shall introduced with the requirements of Jordanian

standard (JS 286) Whenever regulation changed it is the supplier /contractor

responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements. Whenever potable water

certificate is submitted for the coating material not the valve, the supplier shall furnish a

document that relates this certificate with the valve itself.

All valves shall be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent

testing laboratory.

• 1.2 TOXIC MATERIALS

All valves, coating, sealing and lining material shall be certified for potable water use and

shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to

be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health. The Contractor is prohibited to import or to

use any of toxic or poisonous materials or sub materials used in piping, kinds of concrete

or in soil in any kind of usage.

• 1.3 THIRD PARTY WITNESS

1.1.17 1.3.1 General

The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original certificate from the third party inspection

agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard according

to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall

Page 99: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

under this contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify

compliance with the technical specifications and the relevant standard. All certification

should be from a certified third party from the applied standard (American Standard)

and approved by Miyahuna, and the certification should be valid up to date and it should

be written in English, and it must be shown in the certificate which batch is being tested

to make sure that this certificate is for the right batch.

1.1.18 1.3.2 Valves

No valve shall be accepted unless all type and batch release tests have been passed. The

contractor also is required to submit quality assurance certificates, standard

compliance and witness test certificate, from third party from the applied standard

(American Standard) and approved by Miyahunathathe components of the network

must not be of any way toxic to the water being conveyed. And can be fully used for the

distribution of potable water to a temperature up to 50° C.

Before dispatching the supplies another visual inspection shall be done in respect of

proper packing and to certify the Bill of Lading for each shipment.

• 1.4 TESTING AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE

The Contractor shall submit a certificate from the manufacturer certifying that all the

items have been mill tested (at the manufactory) and those they have successfully passed

the relative tests prescribed by the relative standards specifications.

• 1.5 TESTING AFTER DELIVERY

Valves supplied shall be subjected to acceptance tests carried out by the Royal Scientific

where Final inspection test must be done according to EN 12266-1/2

NOTE:

ALL COST TESTS BEFORE AND AFTER THIS ITEM AND WETHER LOCAL

OR ABROAD SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE COSTS

SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE TENDER UNIT RATES.

• 1.6 VALVES PACKAGING

• All valves must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without

additional cleaning.

• All valves shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during

delivery. The cost of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract

Rates and crates will not be returned.

Page 100: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Valves are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated

small items, such as bolts and gaskets.

• 1.7 IDENTIFICATION

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has

permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather -

resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name

• Contents Description and Quantity

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note

and Cross Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight

• Total net weight

• Packing list reference number

• DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED AFTER AWARDING

1. Conformity to Standard certificate (Affidavit of Compliance) according to

(ANSI/AWWA C504and/or C519) or(EN 1074 / EN 593) or equivalent and

compatible.

a. This certificate must confirm the ability of the manufacturer to fulfill all

required specifications and standard.

b. If the confirmity to standards for ( EN 1074/EN 593 )The certificate should

be certified from Jordan Institution for Standard and Metrology (JISM) with

an official letter, the letter should be renewed annually

2. Potable water certificate from Third Party NSF 61 and 372, WRAS or equivalent.

3. The CONTRACTOR shall provide detailed repair manuals for the Butterfly valves

supplied;

4. Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001).

Page 101: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

5. Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the manufacturer’s

internal quality control.

6. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the

items to be supplied at the time of tender.

• 1.9DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED UPON DELIVERY

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

1. Certificate of origin.

2. Packing list

3. Third Party certificates (Affidavit of Compliance)

4. Warranty, installation and maintenance manual

5. Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

• 1.10 MARKING

Markings shall include size, working pressure, name of manufacturer, and year of

manufacture.

Page 102: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

• 2.1 GENERAL

1. Butterfly valves shall comply with all specifications and standards mentioned above

or equivalent and compatible.

2. butterfly valves shall be of the tight closing, rubber seated type.

3. Valve discs shall rotate 90 degrees from the full open position to the tight shut off

position.

4. Butterfly valves shall be Double eccentric design for pressure range (16)bar or

(250)PSI

• 2.2 MATERIAL

Page 103: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Part Name Material

AWWA C 504 , C 519 (EN 1074 / EN 593

Body

Ductile iron, ASTM 536 65-45-12 or ASTM 39560-40-18

Ductile iron,EN-GJS-400-18, EN-GJS-400-15 / EN-JS 1030 acc. to EN 1563 (GGG 400 - DIN 1693)

Disc ductile iron, ASTM 536 65-45-12 or ASTM 39560-40-18

Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18, EN-GJS-400-15 / EN-JS 1030 acc. to EN 1563 (GGG 400 - DIN 1693).

Shaft 304, 316, 316L, 17-4 PH and high strength 2205 duplex grade stainless steel or Nickel copper alloy ASTM B127

Min X20Cr13(1.4201), SS304,SS316.according to ( EN 10088-3)

Seat surface Rubber seats shall be field replaceable and shall be applied to the disc with AISI 316 stainless steel seatretainer. The seat retainer shall be counter bored and drilled. Seat retaining fasteners shall be AISI 316 Stainless-steel or nickel-copper alloy. Rubber seats shall beof new natural or synthetic rubber (EPDM), and may be reinforced Buna-N.

Rubber seats shall be field replaceable and shall be applied to the disc with AISI 316 stainless steel seat retainer. The seat retainer shall be counter bored and drilled. Seat retaining fasteners shall be AISI 316 Stainless-steel or nickel-copper alloy. Rubber seats shall beof new natural or synthetic rubber (EPDM), and may be reinforced Buna-N.

Mating surfaces (Body seats)

Body seat shall be made of stainless steel 304, 316 or high nickel alloy and

Body seat shall be made of stainless steel 304, 316 or high nickel alloy and

Page 104: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

applied to the valve body by means of a machined weld overlay process eliminating the possibility of leakage through the body/seat joint.

applied to the valve body by means of a machined weld overlay process eliminating the possibility of leakage through the body/seat joint

Shaft bearings Valve shaft bearings shall be corrosion resistant, self-lubricating sleeve type made of bronze.

Valve shaft bearings shall be corrosion resistant, self-lubricating sleeve type made of bronze.

Internal bolts and pins

low zinc bronze,SS304,SS316, nickel copper alloy

Shall be made of A2 stainless steel quality minimum or stainless steel 304.

O-rings O-rings shall be of EPDM suitable and approved for potable water.

Shall be of EPDM suitable and approved for potable water.

Rubber seats can be applied to either the body or the disc andshall meet with corrosion resistance metal surfaces

(stainless steel 304, 316 or high nickel alloy).

Page 105: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• 2.3 DESIGN

1. Laying length, Face to face according to AWWA C504/ C519 Standard or to EN

558-1, basic series 14.

a. For (pressure range up to 16bar or 250 PSI), flanged-end bodies, and

longbody laying length according to AWWA C504 or to EN 558-1, basic

series 14.

2. Flanged accordance to EN 1092-2 / ISO 7005. (250 psi equivalent to 16 bar)

3. Soft sealing

4. Glands shall be O-ring

5. Valves shall be suitable for installation in either horizontal or vertical position.

• 2.4 COATING

All iron components of the valve shall be coated (internal and external) with a

minimum 250µm fusion bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA

C550or according to EN 14901 and shall be ANSI/NSF 61 and NSF 372 certified,

WRAS, or equivalent, the coating shall be non-toxic and impart no taste to water.

ACTUATION

All butterfly valves shall be equipped, if not otherwise requested in the bill of

quantity, with gear box and hand wheel.

Manual Actuators: Actuators shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C540 or equivalent,

All actuators shall be self-locking worm gear type and shall hold the valve disc in

the closed, open and any intermediate position without creeping or fluttering and

be supplied from known and reputable gear manufacture.

An adjustable mechanical dial position indicator shall be provided.

All bearings shall be maintenance-free of a self-lubricating or sealed-for-life type

suitable for at least 10,000 operation cycles.

• VALVE TESTING

Prior to shipment from the factory, 5% of each size and class should be tested with

a minimum (one valve of each size and class), the tests should be applied in

accordance with AWWAC504/C519, EN 1074 1 and 2, and ISO 5208: orEN

12266-1/2 Hydrostatic test, Torque test, Leakage test and Pressure Test, all reports

should be in English, and it must be shown in the certificate it is for the right batch

delivered to Miyahuna.

Note : BUTTERFLY VALVES, DN 200 – DN 600

Page 106: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED ISOLATING VALVES

VALVES ACTUATORS

• The flow control valves shall be used for automatic flow control and shall be fitted with

continuously rated actuators. The actuator shall be fitted with integral starter with local

and remote controls.

• Valve actuators shall be electrically powered. The actuators shall be electrically isolated

from the valve body.

• The actuators shall be furnished mounted on the valve and performance tested as a unit

at the valve body.

• Actuators shall comply with the general requirements of AWWA C540 or equivalent.

• The general requirements for electrical equipment shall be in accordance with the

following relevant IEC regulations as listed in clause 10 below and the relevant parts of

BS 4999.

• Actuators shall be totally enclosed with motor/control enclosure designed to meet IP68

submersible requirements, unless otherwise stated, for duration of 48 hours. Motors shall

have Class F insulation with temperature rise limited to Class B.

• The motors shall be sized to provide an adequate margin to prevent overloading. The

motor torque rating shall be at least 10% greater than the maximum torque requirement

of the actuator at the rated voltage.

• The valve and actuator combination shall be self locking such that water or vibration

shall not cause the valve to move from any set position.

Mechanical Design

• Reduction shall be accomplished by means of spur, helical, bevel, and/or worm gears.

Spur, helical or bevel gears shall be steel. Worm gears shall be bronze. The use of non-

metallic or aluminum gears in power trains is unacceptable.

• All gears and shafting shall be supported on suitable bearings. Where thrust is a

consideration, roller or axial-thrust-needle bearings shall be provided. Bearings which

may become wetted shall not contain carbon.

• All gearings and bearings shall be grease or oil-lubricated. Seals shall be provided at all

shaft penetrations of the gear case to prevent leakage of lubricant, regardless of position.

Lubricants shall be suitable for year-round service based on prevailing ambient

temperature conditions.

• The actuator shall be equipped with a hand wheel for manual operation. Operation by the

motor shall not cause the hand wheel to rotate. Operation of the hand wheel shall not

cause the motor to rotate. Should power be returned to the motor while the hand wheel is

in use, the design of the unit shall prevent transmission of the motor torque to the hand

wheel. The hand wheel shall require a maximum load of 356N on the rim at any point

through valve travel seating or unseating load of 267N for running load. The hand wheel

shall have an arrow and the word “OPEN” or “CLOSE” indicating the required direction

Page 107: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

of rotation. A declutch lever shall be provided and shall be pad-lockable in either the

manual or the motor mode.

• Manual actuation of the valve from outside its chamber is not required unless

specifically requested.

• Mating of the electric actuator to driven equipment shall be accomplished by means of a

separate removable drive coupling with steel bushing, permitting installation and

removable without disassembly of the actuator. Where an auxiliary quarter turn gear box

is supplied as an integral part of the electric actuator, a separate removable drive

coupling for mating of the actuator to the auxiliary gear box will not be required.

• Motors shall be specifically designed for modulating valve service (1200 starts per hour,

Ref. IEC 60034 Duty Type S4). They shall be capable of operating through one

complete cycle, open-close-open or close-open-close, under the maximum specified

operating conditions without overheating when voltage to the motor is within +/- 10% of

the specified voltage. Where necessary, anticondensation heaters shall be provided to

keep the motor and the limit switch compartment dry.

• The actuator shall be controlled and monitored through the relevant PLC over HART

communication. All actuators alarms and status signals shall be available on the hart

communication. The facility shall be provided in each actuator to receive an “Emergency

shutdown control” (ESD) signal. This signal shall override all controls, local and remote

and close the valve

• Actuators control signals, status signals and shall be transmitted through HART

communication proportional to span and shall include the following:

• Valve positioning control signal.

• Valve position continuous indication.

• Valve open and close indications.

• Valve “Actuator Fault” alarm status, which shall be initiated under the

following conditions:

a. Phase fault

b. Power supply failed

c. Control supply failed

d. Local “stop” push button

e. Local/off/remote switch not in remote position

f. Motor tripped overload

• Electrical controls, supplied as integral parts of the actuator, shall include: open, close,

stop, local/off/remote selector switch. Each shall be labeled in English.

• When selected to remote control the valve shall be subject to a remote position control

signal which shall be linearly proportional to a valve position. The valve actuator

assembly shall have a mechanical means of indicating the valve position.

Page 108: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Open and close position limit switches shall be provided. The switches shall be capable

of being set either fully open, fully closed, or at any intermediate position.

• Each actuator shall be provided with facilities for adjustable torque limit control.

Overload protection shall be by means of inherent motor heat sensors embedded in the

windings.

• DATA LOGGERS F/P WITH GSM MODULE

The 3G / 4G networks will be used to transfer recorded data, meter readings and alarm

messages to a Miyahuna SCADA System, housed in a rugged, waterproof enclosure, suitable

for installation in underground chambers.

Fully integrated SMS and 3G/4G Data Logger fit to local frequency.

Each channel independently selected for digital or analogue inputs

Two channels may be dedicated for high resolution 4-20mA inputs / flash powering external

4-20mA loops (factory configured)

Self powered for > 5 years

Nationwide wireless coverage

On-demand data retrieval option

15 minute, 30 minute, 60 minute, daily data transmission using frequent data mode

"Data on the web" option

Threshold and profile alarms

Light and handy display and programming unit, specially designed for work in the field.

Advanced technology for safe, efficient and economical monitoring of piping networks.

Universally usable

Professional software solutions

Universal data communication –SMS and 3G/4G

User specific customized software

Technical data:

Measurements and registrations

parameters of water net :

pressure 0 - 16 bar

temperature -5 C - +60 C ±2 C

2 digital inputs

capacity of own battery

Display parameters on LED s

Process of transmission, registration, display made on line measurement process is not

stopped

Internal RTC

Time of sampling : 1 sec to 31 days, with accuracy 1 sec

Data storage - 15360 records organized in circle buffer in Memory

Intelligent controller software can make tasks programmed by user PC software for

presentation of data

Power :

Work - 5 years with measures 4 times by hour

Page 109: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Hardware

RS232 / Adapter fit.

socket for analog and digital inputs

socket for external power

antenna ( option)

Mode of work RS232

Transmission : 57600 bps, 8n1

Configuration capabilities

Remote change of parameters : calibration, timing of sampling

Secondary channel

Automatically communicates with Data Gate or existing FTP site to receive data. Supports

all Data Logger sIcon driven communications Enables easy data storage on the host PC

Multiple graphical view options for advanced data analysis. Data export feature, Easy to use

and highly convenient.

Cost effective – can be used to identify exceptional water usage in targeted areas quickly and

efficiently.

Alarms enable prompt action to be taken to resolve problems.

Secure - password protected access to read only data ensures that data remains secure and

protected.

CSV download option enables data to be easily exported into a spreadsheet or other

document for analysis.

Meter reading statistics displayed as Mean, Min, Max, and Volume etc…

Mouse over functionality enables graph data to be clearly pinpointed.

Google Map function pinpoints logger position to enable easy identification and location.

Fleet reporting option enables loggers requiring investigation to be identified quickly.

User Manual:

Together with the set of the delivered Goods the Supplier shall furnish 1 paper copy of the

User Manual in English and 1 electronic copy of the same Manual on

• PRESSURE GAUGES

Pressure gauges shall be installed at all pressure reducing valves upstream and downstream

of the valve and at selected strategic points in the distribution system for monitoring

pressure fluctuation. They shall be of the bourdon tube type with sensor (for positive and

negative pressures). All moving parts shall be of stainless. The dial face diameter shall be

160 mm and the accuracy class 1.6. The gauge must be suitable for a pressure range up to 16

bars.

The installation of the gauge shall be complete and shall include the connecting fittings to the

main pipe, the gauge inlet pipe with 3 way cock and screwed joints.

• DISMANTLING JOINTS

Dismantling joints shall be installed where indicated on the drawings for convenient

installation or re-installation of valves or similar items.

Page 110: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

For prevention of any movement of the pipe joints adjacent to closed valves, dismantling

joints shall be provided in general by restrained dismantling pieces (short version) or flanged

adaptors as indicated on drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

Body and glands of steel welded dismantling pieces shall be capable of standing a working

pressure of 16, 25 and 40 bars (according to the final design performed by the contractor

and approved by the engineer) with bolts and nuts of stainless steel. The surface protection

shall be epoxy powder coating. Rubber sealing rings made of Perbunan material, nitrile

rubber or equivalent quality shall be used and shall be suitable and approved for the use with

potable water.

• AIR VALVES

(Source, Origin and nationality for all Valves shall be USA)

General

This specification describe ½-in. (13 mm) through 6 in (150-mm) air-release valves

and ½-in. (13-mm) through 20-in. (500-mm) and combination air valves. The valves

are designed for use in water systems with maximum working pressures of 25 bar

and water temperatures ranging from above freezing to a maximum of 125°F (52°C).

The working pressure of air valves shall be 250PSI or 16bar as specified in the Bill of

Quantities.

Air valves shall conform to the latest edition of AWWA C512 or BS EN 1074.

The air valve shall be tested and certified as a complete drinking water valve

according to NSF 61, WRAS, or equivalent recognized standards.

Air Valves smaller than DN 50 mm shall be female thread inlet connection and

larger air valves shall have Flanged inlet, the flange shall comply with (EN 1092-2 /

ISO 7005)PN16 or 250 PSI as specified in the Bill of Quantities.

Single Air Release Valve

The air release valve shall be of the float operated, simple lever or compound lever

design, and capable of automatically releasing accumulated air from a fluid system

while the system is pressurized and operating.

The valve body and bonnet (cover) shall be of ductile iron ASTM A536 65-45-12 or

EN-JS 1030 (GGG 40) according to EN 1563 or cast iron to Cast Iron ASTM A126

Class B or BS EN 1561 EN-GJL-250.

The cover shall be bolted to the body and all internal components shall be

replaceable through the cover.

Page 111: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Valve internal and exteriors shall be coated with a minimum 250µm fusion bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550 or EN 14901 Float balls shall be of

stainless steel, all seals shall be of EPDM or Buna-N Rubber suitable and approved

for potable water and all internal parts shall be of stainless steel.

All bolts and nuts shall be of stainless steel.

Combination Air Valve

Combination Air Valves shall be in two body style: large orifice air and vacuum valve

and small orifice air release valve.

The valve shall be with a venting orifice no smaller than the nominal valve size.

All Internal parts and the float ball shall be spherical and made of stainless steel grade

316.

Body and bonnet (cover) shall be of ductile iron ASTM A536 65-45-12 or EN-JS

1030 (GGG 40) according to EN 1563 or cast iron to Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B

or BS EN 1561 EN-GJL-250.

The cover shall be bolted to the body and all internal components shall be

replaceable through the cover.

Float balls shall be of stainless steel, all seals shall be of EPDM or Buna-N Rubber

suitable and approved for potable water and all internal parts shall be of stainless

steel.

Valve internal and exteriors shall be coated with a minimum 250µm fusion bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550 or EN 14901

Marking

Each valve shall be marked by body markings or a corrosion-resistant nameplate, or

both, that clearly indicate the manufacturer’s name or trademark, size of the valve,

and the designation of the maximum working pressure rating of the valve for water

service and year of manufacture and model number.

Data to Be Provided by Manufacturer or Supplier after awarding

The manufacturer or supplier shall provide the following information:

• Conformity to Standard certificate (Affidavit of Compliance) according to

AWWA C512) or BS EN 1074 latest edition or equivalent and compatible.

Page 112: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

a. This certificate must confirm the ability of the manufacturer to fulfill

all required specifications and standard.

b. if the conformity to standards is for the BS EN 1074 The certificate

should be certified from Jordan Institution for Standard and

Metrology (JISM) with an official letter, the letter should be renewed

annually

• Catalog data. The catalog data shall include illustrations, valve performance

data, a parts schedule that identifies the materials used for various parts, and

the total net assembled weight for each valve size.

• Certified drawings, a set of certified drawings shall include principal

dimensions, construction details, and materials used for all parts of the valve.

• Operating manual. An operating manual shall include the manufacturer’s

installation and operating instructions, a recommended list of spare parts, and

the maintenance procedures. The contents shall be sufficiently detailed to

direct the assembly and disassembly of the valve and for the ordering of

parts.

Data to Be Provided by Manufacturer or Supplier upon delivery

1. Certificate of origin.

2. Packing list

3. The supplier/contractor shall furnish a testing report from the internal

quality assurance in the factory showing all test results and analysis

required by the applicable standard (Shell test, Hydrostatic test and

Operational test). All reports should be in English, and it must be shown

in the certificate which batch is being tested to make sure that this

certificate is for the right batch delivered to Miyahuna.

4. Warranty, installation and maintenance manual

5. Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over

committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

• ELECTROMAGNETICFLOW METERS (MAINS

VERSION)

• Flow meters must be certificated as MID – Measurement Instrument Directive,

according to European Directive 2004/22/CE, MI-001, for cold drinkable water

measurement according to MI-001, or equivalent.

• Submit OIML R-49: 1-2006,

• Flow meters or components in contact with drinkable water must have a Sanitary

Compliance Certificate, from a European Origin. (e.g. – ACS France), or equivalent.

• The Manufacturer has to be certified an ISO 9001: 2008 quality certificate and present

proof of certificate.

Page 113: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• The Manufacturer has to be certified an ISO 14001: 2004 quality certificate and present

proof of certificate.

12 In Line Type

1. Construction

• The flow meter shall comprise of 2 parts: the flow sensor and the converter.

• The flow meter shall be delivered either in compact configuration where the converter

is mounted on the flow sensor with no cable connecting between them or remote

version with cable connecting between them depending on the configuration required.

• For remote version, the cable connecting between the flow sensor and converter shall

be double shielded twin-core type or higher with a length from 5m to 20m maximum.

• The flow meter power shall be 220 volt AC 50 Hz.

• Water temperature range of flow meter shall be between 0 C to 50 C.

• Ambient temperature range of flow meter shall be between -10 C to 55 C.

• The flow meter shall be compatible with any Automatic Meter Reading system

measuring instantaneous flow rate by time measuring between 2 pulses.

• . For the remote version, the flow sensor shall be IP68 and suitable for buried

installation, and the converter shall be at least IP67 and suitable for wall mounting.

• The lining of flow sensor shall be constructed of PTFE. Or Hard rubber

• The flow sensor electrodes shall be made of suitable nickel alloys or stainless steel for

durability in abrasive water.

• The flow sensor shall be of no internal moving parts.

• The flow sensor shall be at least PN16.

• The flow sensor shall be configured to be installed in any orientation without affecting

the accuracy of the meter.

• The flow meter status information, such as flow direction and empty pipe detection

must be available and displayed on the converter display.

• The flow meter pressure loss shall not be more than 0.006 bar at 2 m/s and 0.1 bar at 4

m/s.

• The electrical conductivity of the medium measured shall be not less than 20 uS/cm

(drinking water, raw water, and irrigation water).

2. Principle of Operation

• The principle of operation shall be in accordance with Faraday’s Law of Induction.

• The flow meter shall be capable of measuring flow rate and volume total in both

directions, with two independent totalizers for network management purposes.

• The accuracy shall be better than Class 1 of OIML R-49:1-2006.

• A calibration certificate for each delivered flow meter shall be provided.

• The flow meter installation shall not require more than 5D of straight length upstream

and more than 2D downstream of the meter to secure its accuracy.

Page 114: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• The flow meter shall offer lifetime stable zero so that routine zeroing is not required.

• The flow meter shall indicate empty pipe detection when no water is present.

3. Physical Requirements

The flow meter shall be built as follow:

Sizes From DN25 to DN800

Medium Compatibility Compatible with raw, ground & surface water, potable water & irrigation water.

Electrical conductivity ≥ 20 µS/cm 0 °0 C to +55°C

Sensor Housing Sheet polyurethane coated or stainless steel

Electrodes Stainless steel

Flange Steel

Environment IP68 to 2m submergence in water

Connections DIN, ASME

4. Communication Output Specifications

The meter should have at least one or two pulse output (passive) and one or two status

output (passive):

• Pulse output:

2 Passive pulse outputs

Volume / pulse is programmable

Pulse width is selectable: 1 ms, 5 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms

• Status output:

2 Passive status outputs

Function [selectable]: self checking, battery pre warning, battery final warning, counter

overrun.

• Analog Output: 4-20 mA current output proportional to span

• The flow meter must support HART communication

• ELECTROMAGNETICFLOW METERS (BATTERY

VERSION)

• Flow meters must be certificated as MID – Measurement Instrument Directive,

according to European Directive 2004/22/CE, MI-001, for cold drinkable water

measurement according to MI-001, or equivalent.

• Flow meters must be compliant to OIML R-49: 1-2006, or equivalent.

• Flow meters or components in contact with drinkable water must have a Sanitary

Compliance Certificate, from a European Origin. (e.g. – ACS France), or equivalent.

Page 115: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• The Manufacturer has to be certified an ISO 9001: 2008 quality certificate and present

proof of certificate.

• The Manufacturer has to be certified an ISO 14001: 2004 quality certificate and present

proof of certificate.

12 In Line Type

1. Construction

• The flow meter shall comprise of 2 parts: the flow sensor and the converter.

• The flow meter shall be delivered either in compact configuration where the converter

is mounted on the flow sensor with no cable connecting between them or remote

version with cable connecting between them depending on the configuration required.

• For remote version, the cable connecting between the flow sensor and converter shall

be double shielded twin-core type or higher with a length from 5m to 20m maximum.

• The flow meter battery operated with Lithium ion battery pack that can last at least 10

years of operation.

• Water temperature range of flow meter shall be between 0 C to 50 C.

• Ambient temperature range of flow meter shall be between -10 C to 55 C.

• The flow meter shall be compatible with any Automatic Meter Reading system

measuring instantaneous flow rate by time measuring between 2 pulses.

• . For the remote version, the flow sensor shall be IP68 and suitable for buried

installation, and the converter shall be at least IP67 and suitable for wall mounting.

• The lining of flow sensor shall be constructed of PTFE. Or Hard rubber

• The flow sensor electrodes shall be made of suitable nickel alloys or stainless steel for

durability in abrasive water.

• The flow sensor shall be of no internal moving parts.

• The flow sensor shall be at least PN16.

• The flow sensor shall be configured to be installed in any orientation without affecting

the accuracy of the meter.

• The flow meter status information, such as flow direction and empty pipe detection

must be available and displayed on the converter display.

• The flow meter pressure loss shall not be more than 0.006 bar at 2 m/s and 0.1 bar at 4

m/s.

• The electrical conductivity of the medium measured shall be not less than 20 uS/cm

(drinking water, raw water, and irrigation water).

2. Principle of Operation

• The principle of operation shall be in accordance with Faraday’s Law of Induction.

• The flow meter shall be capable of measuring flow rate and volume total in both

directions, with two independent totalizers for network management purposes.

• The accuracy shall be better than Class 1 of OIML R-49:1-2006.

Page 116: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• A calibration certificate for each delivered flow meter shall be provided.

• The flow meter installation shall not require more than 5D of straight length upstream

and more than 2D downstream of the meter to secure its accuracy.

• The flow meter shall offer lifetime stable zero so that routine zeroing is not required.

• The flow meter shall indicate empty pipe detection when no water is present.

3. Physical Requirements

The flow meter shall be built as follow:

Sizes From DN25 to DN800

Medium Compatibility Compatible with raw, ground & surface water, potable water & irrigation water.

Electrical conductivity ≥ 20 µS/cm 0 °0 C to +55°C

Sensor Housing Sheet polyurethane coated or stainless steel

Electrodes • Stainless steel

• Flange • Steel

• Environment • IP68 to 2m submergence in water

• Connections • DIN, ASME

4. Communication Output Specifications

The meter should have at least one or two pulse output (passive) and one or two status

output (passive):

• Pulse output:

2 Passive pulse outputs

Volume / pulse is programmable

Pulse width is selectable: 1 ms, 5 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms

• Status output:

2 Passive status outputs

Function [selectable]: self checking, battery pre warning, battery final warning, counter

overrun.

• The flow meter must support HART communication

Page 117: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

1-NEEDLE VALVE (PLUNGER)

1.1.1.1 General

All valves shall have flanged ends design both sides acc. to EN 1092-2, ISO 7005/2

Control valve in straightway type.

All valves shall be customized with control device depending on operating conditions

(With electric actuator)

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with low actuating torque due to

pressure balanced valve piston

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with rotationally symmetrical flow

guidance

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with annular flow cross section in each

position

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with axial movement of the plunger by

means of crank gear mechanism

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with self-locking worm gear unit

including position indicator

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with No blocking due to long piston

guide rails

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with Elastic profile sealing ring located

in the no-flow zone for high durability

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with Wear-resistant, corrosion-

resistant and infiltration-proof piston guides in the body by micro-finished bronze

weld overlay

All valves shall be manufactured and designed with Piston sealed by Quad Ring

The valve must be submitted with the following accessories:

1) Gaskets

2) Bolts

1.1.1.2 1.1 Potable Water Certification

All valves and its coating materials shall be certified for potable water use and shall contain no

ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or otherwise

dangerous for health, All material in contact with or likely to come into contact with water for

public shall introduced with the requirements of Jordanian standard (JS 286) Whenever

regulation changed it is the supplier /contractor responsibility to ensure conformity with any new

requirements. Whenever potable water certificate is submitted for the coating material not the

valve, the supplier shall furnish a document that relates this certificate with the valve itself.

Page 118: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

All valves shall be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent testing

laboratory.

1.2 Toxic Materials

All valves, coating, sealing and lining material shall be certified for potable water use and shall

contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to be toxic or

otherwise dangerous for health. The Contractor is prohibited to import or to use any of toxic or

poisonous materials or sub materials used in piping, kinds of concrete or in soil in any kind of

usage.

1.3 Third Party Witness

1.3.1 General

The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original certificate from the third party inspection

agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable standard according to

which the materials have been manufactured. The third party inspection agency shall under this

contract, have witnessed the manufacture and testing operation to verify compliance with the

technical specifications and the relevant standard. All certification should be from a certified

third party from the applied standard (American Standard) and approved by Miyahuna, and

the certification should be valid up to date and it should be written in English, and it must be

shown in the certificate which batch is being tested to make sure that this certificate is for the

right batch.

1.3.2 Testing

The media of the test shall be water.

Pre-shipment test:

The supplier shall conduct on his expense the entire listed down test prior of shipping the valves.

1- Performance test. Prior to shipment, valves and pilot systems shall be factory tested to

demonstrate the ability to fully stroke from close to open and then from the open to close

position.

2- Seat leakage test. Valves shall be shop tested for seat leakage for duration of 2 minutes. There

shall be no indication of leakage past the valve seat during this test period. The test pressure shall

be either the hydrostatic pressure equivalent to working pressure. The test pressure shall be

applied to the seat in the fluid flow direction.

3- Valve body hydrostatic test. Valve bodies and cover cavities shall be subjected to an internal

hydrostatic pressure equivalent to 1.5 times the rated pressure, during the hydrostatic test, there

shall be no leakage through the valve body, the end joints, or the stem seals, nor shall any part of

Page 119: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

the valve have any permanent visible deformation as a result of this test. The test duration shall

be 2 minutes.

The manufacturer shall provide a certified statement that proof-of-design tests were performed

as described in the standard and all requirements were successfully met.

1.3.3 Valves

No valve shall be accepted unless all type and batch release tests have been passed. The

contractor also is required to submit quality assurance certificates, standard compliance and

witness test certificate, from third party from the applied standard (American Standard) and

approved by Miyahuna, that the components of the network must not be of any way toxic to the

water being conveyed. And can be fully used for the distribution of potable water to a

temperature up to 50° C.

Before dispatching the supplies another visual inspection shall be done in respect of proper

packing and to certify the Bill of Lading for each shipment.

1.4 Testing at Place of Manufacture

The Contractor shall submit a certificate from the manufacturer certifying that all the items

have been mill tested (at the manufactory) and those they have successfully passed the relative

tests prescribed by the relative standards specifications.

NOTE:

ALL COST TESTS BEFORE AND AFTER THIS ITEM AND WETHER LOCAL OR ABROAD

SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE

TENDER UNIT RATES.

1.6 valves packaging

•All valves must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without additional cleaning.

•All valves shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during delivery. The cost

of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates and crates will not be returned.

•Valves are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated small items, such as

bolts and gaskets.

1.7 Identification

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has

permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather - resistant

material on which are engraved or stamped;

•The Manufacturers Name

Page 120: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

•Contents Description and Quantity

•Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note and Cross Referenced to the

Purchase Order Item References.

•Weight

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

•Total gross weight

•Total net weight

•Packing list reference number

1.8 Documents to be provided after awarding

1. Potable water certificate from Third Party NSF 61

2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide detailed repair manuals for the gate valves supplied;

3. Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001).

4. Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the manufacturer’s internal

quality control.

5. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the items to be

supplied after awarding.

1.9 Documents to be provided upon delivery

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

1. Certificate of origin.

2. Packing list

3. Third Party certificates (Affidavit of Compliance)

4. Warranty.

5- Installation and maintenance manual

6. Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

Page 121: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

All above documents must be valid and in English.

1.10 Marking

Markings shall include size, working pressure, name of manufacturer, and year of manufacture and

model number or serial number.

1.1.1.3 Material

Table 2:

Part Name Material

body ductile iron shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A395 or ASTM A536..

Piston guide rails overlay welded cast, forged or rolled bronze grade B, C, D or E

O-Ring NBR

Shaft Stainless steel 1.4021, AISI 420ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Piston and Rod Stainless steel ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Valve sealing: NBR

Shutter

Fork

Seal Ring

Body Seat

Stainless steel ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Bolts: Stainless steel ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Bearing bush cast, forged or rolled bronze grade B, C, D or E

Eye bolts for lifting: Stainless steel A4 (DIN EN ISO 3506) ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Page 122: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1.1.1.4 Design

Face to face dimension for the pressure range PN 16 and PN 25 or 250-300 PSI

Needle Valve (Plunger) shall be flanged design on request according to EN 1092-1 for the Steel

flanges, and in accordance with EN1092-2 cast carbon steel for pressure range (10-25) bar.

ROTATION OF OPENING: All valves shall open by turning to the left or counter clockwise, when viewed

from the stem.

1.1.1.5 Coating

All iron components of the valve shall be coated (internal and external ) with a minimum 250µm

fusion bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550 and shall be ANSI/NSF 61 and NSF 372

certified, the coating shall be non-toxic and impart no taste to water..

• WASHOUTS

The types of Washout specified for this Contract, whether in concrete chambers or buried

type, are as shown on the drawings. All Washouts shall be constructed as indicated on the

drawings or as instructed by the Engineer.

If the flow cannot be discharged by gravity, flooded-manholes can also be constructed

opposite the concrete wash-out chambers within the road corridor. Additional excavation

and backfilling works shall be included in the unit rates of the washout.

The lengths of washout discharge lines may vary according to the location requirements on

site and shall be agreed with the Engineer’s Representative prior to installation. Discharge

lines shall be paid for as per unit rates of pipelines included in the Bills of Quantities.

At place shown on the drawings or directed by the engineer, wash-outs shall be installed as

follows:

a. For ductile iron main pipeline, the Contractor shall install a suitable flanged tee (T) to

install the flanged washout valve. The branch shall be ½ of diameter of the main pipe

diameter.

b. The washout shall have gate valve installed directly at the branch from the main pipe

with all fittings and accessories as per drawings.

c. The wash-out pipes shall be extended to such a length and reach discharge area as is

required for every particular site condition as not to flood the trenches or cause any

damage to the surrounding area. In case no Wadi is available a flooded-manhole shall be

constructed at the nearest road.

The unit rate washout pipe work shall include for the outlet structure and riprap, as shown

on the standard drawings, unless noted otherwise.

• PRESSURE GAUGES

Pressure gauges shall be installed at all pressure reducing valves upstream and downstream

of the valve and at selected strategic points in the distribution system for monitoring

pressure fluctuation. They shall be of the bourdon tube type with sensor (for positive and

negative pressures). All moving parts shall be of stainless. The dial face diameter shall be

160 mm and the accuracy class 1.6. The gauge must be suitable for a pressure range up to 16

bars.

Page 123: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The installation of the gauge shall be complete and shall include the connecting fittings to the

main pipe, the gauge inlet pipe with 3 way cock and screwed joints.

• DISMANTLING JOINTS

Dismantling joints shall be installed where indicated on the drawings for convenient

installation or re-installation of valves or similar items.

For prevention of any movement of the pipe joints adjacent to closed valves, dismantling

joints shall be provided in general by restrained dismantling pieces (short version) or flanged

adaptors as indicated on drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

Body and glands of steel welded dismantling pieces shall be capable of standing a working

pressure of 16, 25 and 40 bars (according to the final design performed by the contractor

and approved by the engineer) with bolts and nuts of stainless steel. The surface protection

shall be epoxy powder coating. Rubber sealing rings made of Perbunan material, nitrile

rubber or equivalent quality shall be used and shall be suitable and approved for the use with

potable water.

• SPARE FLANGES, FLANGE ADAPTORS,

COUPLINGS, RESTRAINER CLAMPS

All spare flanges, flange adaptors and couplings shall be made of ductile iron GGG or GG

shall comply with DIN equivalent ISO Norm and EN-GJS-400-18 / EN 1563.Flanges shall

conform to the dimensions and drillings of the DIN 2501 / EN 1092-2 - PN 16.

All flanges and couplings shall be epoxy powder coated according to ISO14901 or to DIN

30677 Part 2, coating thickness shall be minimum 250µm, freedom from imperfections shall

be tested by high-voltage method and shall be suitable and approved for the use with potable

water.

Seals shall be made of EPDM or NBR suitable an approved for potable water.

Restrained Flanges shall have a grip ring of steel for DI and ST pipes and a grip ring of Ms 58

(CuZn36Pb3) for uPVC pipes.

Wide range coupling or flange adaptors for Asbestos Cement / DI connections as indicated

on the Drawings and in the Bill of Quantities.

Couplings shall be made of Steel, epoxy powder coated, with sealing rubber rings and lock-

head bolts.

For connection of the existing to the new pipeline system, flexible couplings shall be installed

as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

• TRANSIENT LOGGERS

Transient events are inconsistent and can be extremely short in duration requiring

the data logger to sample exceptionally quickly in which conventional data loggers

cannot do.

Page 124: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Ingress protection rating IP 68

Pressure transducer External pressure transducer 0-35 bars

Accuracy : ± 0,1 %

Sampling Up to 100 sample per second

memory

Each logger shall feature an expanded 4GB flash memory

combined with its sophisticated compression algorithms

storage of up to 3 months.

Power supply Internal batteries with 5 years life

Alarms 16 alarms per logger, each alarm comment field 16

characters

frequency 1 sample per second to one sample per day, fast logging

from one 1 to 100 sample per second

Logging modes

Advanced logging modes including event recognition in

order to ‘capture’ data around the event for Telemetry

transmission (for example 10 seconds before and 2

minutes after pressure transient event trigger)

Data transfer

Pressure Transient Data shall be transmitted to secure

web based portal via GPRS from which it can be viewed

on any internet enabled device via the Online website.

• NOISE LOGGERS

Noise loggers for locating leaks in the water network, are deployed in areas of the

distribution system to provide continuous monitoring of leakage. These loggers shall be

installed on pipe fittings and retained in place by a strong magnet, power for these loggers

shall be provided by low cost replaceable batteries. As soon as a potential leak is detected,

the noise logger unit enters an alarm state and transmits a signal to indicate a "LEAK"

condition.

Loggers shall be immersion-tested to IP68 and shall continue to operate even in flooded

chambers.

The noise loggers shall include extended logging functionality, where noise is recorded at

pre-set intervals over an extended period of time.

The logger shall store up to twenty-nine days of level and spread history and the noise

trends identified can then be presented in graph format, enabling the user to distinguish

clearly between leak and non leak noise. The highly versatile logger shall have user

changeable plastic/metallic alarm threshold settings and allows data to be accessed via:

Lift and Shift – loggers are removed from the ground and the data is manually retrieved

from site.

Data shall be transmitted directly to a SCADA Center via GPRS network along with

pressure and flow values which allows remote listening and even correlating if a leak is

suspected. This feature for secondary validation to be sure that there is a leak present, as

with being able to hear the leak and extended logging. This means that as much diagnostics

as possible done remotely before site teams are deployed.

Secondary Validation:

Once the presence of a leak has been identified, secondary measures shall be used to check

and remove ‘false positives’ before teams are deployed.

• Correlation – Audio files shall be used to correlate remotely to localise the leak position

for follow up

Page 125: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Remotely retrieving the detailed noise graphic clearly indicates the consistent presence of a

leak.

• Audio – For operators who prefer to ‘hear’ their leaks audio files shall be

transferred to

Pressure Switches The pressure-sensing element may be of the Bourbon tube, spiral, helical, bellows or

diaphragm type, depending upon the application requirements. The pressure sensing

element shall be of AISI 316 SS.

Pressure switches shall withstand the maximum pressure of the system to which it is

connected. In addition, over range protection, (at least 1.5 times the maximum scale

reading), shall be included for all instruments. Gauge protectors shall be included

wherever required to withstand maximum surge pressure.

Set point for pressure switches shall be adjustable throughout the operating range.

Transistor or relay outputs for On/Off control or alarm function

Pressure switches shall have ½" NPT (M) process connection.

Pressure switches generally be used for ON-OFF applications with an adjustable set

point and a differential gap with a reference or calibrated scale.

The switch shall also be hermetically sealed with gold plated contacts. Degree of

protection shall be NEMA type 4X, IP67 or better.

Where isolating transformers are not used, the rated fused short-circuit current shall

be not less than the short-circuit strength assigned to the control gear.

Pressure Transmitter Description Specifications

Powering Method 2-wire loop powered

Power Supply 7-35 VDC

Measuring Range 0-25 bar

Output Signal 4-20 mA proportional to span

Diaghram Material Ceramic or stainless steel or Hasetlloy or Teflon

Protection Degree IP68

Operation Temperature Range 0 Co to 60 Co

Electrical connector DIN 43650 PG-11 Packing Gland

Deviation maximum 0.5 % of FS per year

process connection 1/2 " npt male

Accuracy +\- 0.5% of FS

Flow Switch (Dry Run Protection) Specifications

Service:

Compatible liquids: water

Temperature Limits:

(60°C).

Pressure Limits:

(25 bar).

Enclosure Rating:

(IP64).

Page 126: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Switch Type:

SPDT snap switch.

Electrical Rating:

10 A res, 3 Aind @ 250 VAC.

Electrical Connection:

Cable gland with attached wire leads or optional conduit connection.

Process Connection:

1-Inch Threaded connection

Mounting Orientation:

Switch must be installed vertically on horizontal pipe runs.

Set Point Adjustment:

Four vane combinations and an adjustment screw.

Enclosure:

Die-cast aluminum alloy.

Wetted material: SS 316L

Process connection: - 1-Inch Threaded connection

VFD Specification

• DESCRIPTION

- This specification describes a complete Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) used to control the speed of NEMA design B induction motors.

- The drive manufacturer shall supply the VFD and all necessary controls as herein specified.

- The VFD shall be manufactured by a company with at least ten (10) years of experience in the production of this type of equipment.

• QUALITY ASSURANCE

- The VFD manufacturing facility shall be ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certified.

- All printed circuit boards shall be completely tested before being assembled into the complete Drive. The Drive shall be subjected to a functional test and load test. The load test shall be at full rated load, or cycled load. All printed circuit boards shall have conformal coating.

- The drive manufacturer shall have an analysis laboratory to evaluate the failure of any component.

Page 127: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• QUALIFICATIONS

- The VFD shall meet the following specifications:

1. UL 508A and 508C - Underwriter's Laboratory. The VFD shall be UL listed and carry the UL mark.

2. CAN/CSA-C22 No. 14-M91 - Canadian Standards Association. The VFD shall be C-UL or CSA listed and carry the appropriate mark.

3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). Standard 519, IEEE Guide for Harmonic Content and Control.

4. The VFD shall comply with the following European Union’s CE directives. The VFD shall carry CE mark.

a. EMC Low Voltage Directive 73/23 EEC b. EMC Directive 89/336 EEC c. Machinery Directive 98/37 EC

• SUBMITTALS

- The Submittals shall include the following information:

1. Outline Dimensions and Weight. 2. Customer connection and power wiring diagrams. 3. Complete technical product description including a complete list of options

provided. 4. Compliance to IEEE 519 – Harmonic analysis for particular jobsite including total

voltage harmonic distortion and total current distortion. In case an alternative low harmonics solution is offered, the drive manufacturer shall provide calculations, specific to this installation, showing total harmonic current distortion (TDD), at the Point of Common Coupling (PCC), is less than required.

Page 128: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

DESIGN

• DESCRIPTION

- The drive shall be an Ultralow Harmonic Adjustable Speed AC Drive that complies with standard IEEE 519 at the VFD input power terminals.

• HARMONICS

- The VFD shall maintain current distortion levels at the VFD’s input terminals to levels at or below those listed in “Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, IEEE Std. 519. All harmonic management devices must be internal to the VFD enclosure and supplied as a complete solution.

- The VFD must maintain IEEE519 compliance, at the input terminals of the VFD, without exception, with up to and including a 3% voltage imbalance, phase to phase.

- The VFD shall have an active line supply unit which controls the waveform of the input current and reduces the low order harmonic current drawn from the power line. Line currents and voltages shall be nearly sinusoidal. IGBTs shall be used in the rectifier and inverter circuits.

- The VFD shall operate at fundamental power factor 1.0 on the supply side under all motor load conditions. The input power factor shall be programmable from 0.8 lagging to 0.8 leading, allowing the VFD to be used as a compensating device for installations that are excessively inductive or excessively capacitive in reactive power.

• RATINGS

- The VFD shall be rated to operate from 3-phase power at 380 to 415V ±10%, 50/60 Hz ±5. The overvoltage trip level shall be a minimum of 30% over nominal, and the under voltage trip level shall be a minimum 35% under the nominal voltage.

- The VFD shall be rated to operate at the following environmental operating

conditions: ambient temperature 0 to 40C continuous. VFDs that can

operate at 40 C intermittently (during a 24 hour period) are not acceptable and must be oversized. Altitude 0 to 3300 feet above sea level without derating, less than 95% humidity, non-condensing.

- Output voltage and current ratings shall match the adjustable frequency operating requirements of standard NEMA design A or NEMA design B motors.

Page 129: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

- The normal duty overload current capacity shall be 110% of rated current for one (1) minute out of five (5) minutes.

- The heavy duty overload current capacity shall be 150% of rated current for one (1) minute out of five (5) minutes.

- The VFD efficiency shall be 97% or better of the full rated capability of the VFD at full speed and load. In case an alternative low harmonics solution is offered, the overall efficiency of the VFD and the harmonic mitigation components shall meet the efficiency requirement.

• CONSTRUCTION

- All models shall provide a complete, ready-to-install solution.

- The VFD shall use the same main control board for all ratings.

- Control connections shall remain consistent for all power ratings.

- The VFD shall employ an active AC to DC rectifier constructed of a minimum of 6 IGBTs.

- The VFD shall be offered in NEMA Type 1, and configurable into additional enclosures NEMA Type 3R, 4, 4X and 12.

- Desired optional features shall be furnished and mounted by the VFD manufacturer and shall also be available as field installable kits as an alternative. All optional features shall carry all of the necessary certifications as described. Field installed kits shall not affect the VFD’s certification.

• OPERATOR INTERFACE

- The VFD shall be equipped with a front mounted operator control panel consisting of a four- (4-) line by 20-character back-lit alphanumeric LCD display and a keypad with keys for Run/Stop, Local/Remote, Increase/Decrease, Reset, Menu navigation and Parameter select/edit.

- The keypad shall be removable, capable of remote mounting and allow for uploading and downloading of parameter settings as an aid for start-up of multiple VFDs.

- The display of the control unit shall have the following features:

5. The LCD display shall have contrast adjustment provisions to optimize viewing at angle.

6. All parameter names, fault messages, warnings and other information shall be displayed in complete American English words or standard American English abbreviations

7. During normal operation, one (1) line of the control panel shall display the speed reference, and run/stop forward/reverse and local/remote status. The remaining

Page 130: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

three (3) lines of the display shall be programmable to display the values of any three (3) operating parameters. The selection shall include at least the following values:

a. Speed/torque in percent (%), RPM or user-scaled units b. Output frequency, voltage, current and torque c. Input voltage, power and kilowatt hours d. Heat sink temperature and DC bus voltage e. Status of discrete inputs and outputs f. Values of analog input and output signals g. Values of PID controller reference, feedback and error signals

- An intelligent start-up assistant shall be provided as standard. The Start-up routine will guide the user through all necessary adjustments to optimize operation.

8. The Start-Up routine shall include “plug and produce” operation, which automatically recognizes the addition of options and field bus adapters and provides the necessary adjustment assistance.

9. The Start-Up routine shall prompt the user for Motor Nameplate Data including power, speed, voltage, frequency and current.

10. An auto-tune function shall identify the optimal motor tuning parameters for typical applications.

11. An auto-tune function shall also be available to tune the PID speed regulator loop. Manual adjustments shall also be allowed.

12. A selection of at least five (5) preprogrammed application macro parameter sets shall be provided to minimize the number of parameter adjustments required during start-up. Macros offered shall include Hand/Auto, Level Control, PFC (Pump, fan control) traditional, Multi-pump, Anti-Jam, A selection of two (2) user defined macros shall are also be available.

• PROTECTIVE FEATURES

- For each programmed warning and fault protection function, the VFD shall display a message in complete English words or Standard English abbreviations. The five (5) most recent fault messages and times shall be stored in the VFD’s fault history.

- The VFD shall include internal MOV’s for phase to phase and phase to ground line voltage transient protection.

- Output short circuit and ground fault protection rated for 100,000 amps without relying on line fuses shall be provided per UL508C.

- Motor phase loss protection shall be provided.

- The VFD shall provide electronic motor overload protection qualified per UL508C.

- To ensure continuous protection during a low input voltage condition, the Active Front End Drive must maintain UL approved overload protection of

Page 131: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

the motor, without exception and without nuisance overload trip, continuously, with up to and including a 10% voltage drop.

- Protection shall be provided for AC line or DC bus overvoltage at 130% of maximum rated voltage or under voltage at 65% of min. rated voltage.

- The VFD shall protect itself against input phase loss.

- A power loss ride through feature shall allow the VFD to remain fully operational after losing power as long as kinetic energy can be recovered from the rotating mass of the motor and load.

- Stall protection shall be programmable to provide a warning or stop the VFD after the motor has operated above a programmed torque level for a programmed time limit.

- Under load protection shall be programmable to provide a warning or stop the VFD after the motor has operated below a selected under load curve for a programmed time limit.

- Over-temperature protection shall provide a warning if the power module

temperature is less than 5C below the over-temperature trip level.

- Input terminals shall be provided for connecting a motor thermistor (PTC type) to the VFD’s protective monitoring circuitry. An input shall also be programmable to monitor an external relay or switch contact.

• CONTROL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

- Discrete Inputs

13. A minimum of six (6) discrete inputs shall be provided. 14. A minimum of six (6) of the inputs shall be independently programmable with

function selections (run/stop, hand-off-auto, etc.). 15. Inputs shall be designed for use with either the VFD’s internal 24 VDC supply or a

customer supplied external 24VDC supply.

- Discrete outputs

16. Minimum of two (3) form C relay contact outputs shall be provided. 17. All outputs shall be independently programmable to activate with at least 30

function selections including; h. Operating conditions such as drive ready, drive running, reversed and at set

speed i. General warning and fault conditions j. Adjustable supervision limit indications based on programmed values of

operating speed, speed reference, current, torque and PID feedback. k. Relay contacts shall be rated to switch 2 Amps at 24VDC or 115/230VAC.

Page 132: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

- Analog Inputs

18. Minimum of three (3) analog inputs shall be provided: l. Resolution of analog inputs must be at least 11 bit total resolution.

19. All inputs shall be independently programmable with input function selections. 20. A differential input isolation amplifier shall be provided for each input. 21. Analog input signal processing functions shall include scaling adjustments,

adjustable filtering and signal inversion. 22. If the input reference is lost, the VFD shall give the user the option of the following.

The VFD shall be programmable to signal this condition via a keypad warning, relay output and/or over the serial communications bus.

m. Stopping and displaying a fault n. Running at a programmable preset speed o. Hold the VFD speed based on the last good reference received p. Cause a warning to be issued, as selected by the user.

23. When inputs are used as speed references, reference signal processing shall include

increase/decrease floating point control and control of speed and direction using a “joystick” reference signal. Two (2) analog inputs shall be programmable to form a reference by addition, subtraction, multiplication, minimum selection or maximum selection.

- Analog Outputs

24. Minimum of two (2) 0 / 4-20 mA analog outputs shall be provided. 25. Outputs shall be independently programmable to provide signals proportional to

output function selections including output speed, frequency, voltage, current and power.

• SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

- The VFD shall be capable of communicating with other VFDs or controllers via a serial communications link. A variety of communications interface modules for the typical overriding control systems shall be available.

- Interface modules shall be available for a wide selection of protocols including but not limited to:

26. ControlNet 27. DeviceNet 28. Ethernet IP 29. Modbus RTU 30. Profibus-DP 31. Profinet

- Interface modules shall mount directly to the VFD control board or be connected via fiber optic cables to minimize interference and provide maximum throughput.

- I/O shall be accessible through the serial communications adapter. Serial communication capabilities shall include, but not be limited to:

Page 133: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

32. Run-Stop control 33. Speed Adjustment 34. PID (proportional/integral/derivative)control adjustments 35. Current Limit 36. Accel/Decel time adjustments

- The VFD shall have the capability of allowing the overriding controller to monitor feedback such as process variable feedback, output speed/frequency, current (in amps), % torque, power (kW), kilowatt hours (resettable), operating hours (resettable), relay outputs, and diagnostic warning and fault information.

- A connection shall also be provided for personal computer interface. Software shall be available for VFD setup, diagnostic analysis, monitoring and control. The software shall provide real time graphical displays of VFD performance.

• CONTROL FUNCTIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS

- Output frequency shall be adjustable between 0Hz and 300Hz. Operation above motor nameplate shall require programming changes to prevent inadvertent high-speed operation.

- The VFD shall be capable of controlling deceleration of a load without generating an overvoltage fault caused by excessive regenerated energy. Overvoltage control on deceleration shall extend the ramp time beyond the programmed value to keep the amount of regenerated energy below the point that causes overvoltage trip.

- The VFD shall be capable of starting into a rotating load (flying start) regardless of motor direction. It should then accelerate or decelerate to the active reference without tripping on fault or causing component damage. The VFD shall also be capable of flux braking at start to stop a reverse spinning motor prior to ramp.

- The VFD shall have the ability to automatically restart after an over current, overvoltage, under voltage, or loss of input signal protective trip. The number of restart attempts, trial time, and time between reset attempts shall be programmable.

- Control functions shall include two (2) sets of acceleration and deceleration ramp time adjustments with linear and an s-curve ramp time selection.

- Speed control functions shall include:

37. Adjustable min/max speed limits. 38. Selection of up to 15 preset speed settings for external speed control. 39. Three sets of critical speed lockout adjustments. 40. A built-in PID controller to control a process variable such as pressure, flow or fluid

level.

Page 134: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

- Functions shall include flux optimization to limit the audible noise produced by the motor and to maximize efficiency by providing the optimum magnetic flux for any given speed operating point.

- The VFD shall be capable of sensing a loss of load (broken belt / broken coupling) and signal the loss of load condition. The VFD shall be programmable to signal this condition via a keypad warning, relay output and/or over the serial communications bus. Relay output shall include programmable time delays that will allow for VFD acceleration from zero speed without signaling a false under load condition.

- Three (3) programmable critical frequency lockout ranges shall be provided to prevent the VFD from operating the load continuously at an unstable speed.

- The VFD shall have fifteen (15) internal adaptive programming blocks capable of twenty (20) different functions. These blocks shall be connectable to VFD’s actual signals and functions allowing the user to tailor the VFD to the specific application requirements without additional hardware. These blocks shall be programmable through the standard operator panel and through the use of programming software.

Page 135: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

EXECUTION

• INSTALLATION

The drive manufacturer shall provide adequate drawings and instruction material to facilitate installation of the VFD by qualified electrical and mechanical personnel employed by others.

• START-UP

Certified factory start-up shall be provided for each VFD by a factory authorized service center. A certified start-up form shall be filled out for each VFD with a copy provided to the owner, and a copy kept on file at the manufacturer.

• PRODUCT SUPPORT

Factory trained application engineering and service personnel that are thoroughly familiar with the VFD products offered shall be locally available at both the specifying and installation locations.

• WARRANTY

The warranty shall be 24 months from the date of start-up, not to exceed 30 months from the date of shipment. The warranty shall include all parts, labor, travel time, and expenses.

Description Specification Applicable motor size NEMA design B induction motors

Duty Class S1 (Continuous duty)

Rated capacity (400V) To serve the motor pump + 15%

Rated input voltage 3- phase (3-wire) 380 to 415V ±10%, 50/60 Hz ±5%

Rated output voltage 3- phase (3-wire) 380 to 415V (corresponding to input voltage)

Output frequency range 0 - 50 Hz

Frequency accuracy Digital command: ±0.01% of the maximum frequency Analog command: ±0.2% (25°C ± 10°C)

Overload capacity (output current) - The normal duty overload current capacity shall be 110% of rated current for one (1) minute out of five (5) minutes.

- The heavy duty overload current capacity shall be 150% of rated current for one (1) minute out of five (5) minutes.

Display monitor

Output frequency, output current, motor torque, scaled value of output frequency, trip history, I/O terminal condition, input power, output voltage

Protective functions

Over-current, overload, braking resistor overload, over-voltage, EEPROM error, under-voltage error, CT (current transformer) error, CPU error, external trip, USP error, ground fault, input over-voltage, instantaneous power failure, inverter thermal trip, phase failure detection, IGBT error, thermistor error, expansion cards error, under voltage waiting error

Page 136: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Protective enclosure IP42 or higher if new enclosures to be installed.

Environment

Temperature Operating (ambient): 0 to 40°C / Storage:-2 to 65°C

Humidity 5 to 95% humidity (non-condensing)

Vibration 1.96 m/s2 (0.2G), 10 TO 55 Hz

Location Altitude 1000m, indoors (no corrosive gasses or dust)

Coating color N/A for modules installed inside existing enclosure Grey (RAL7035) if new enclosures to be installed.

Minimum No. of Pulses

12 or equivalent that generates fewer harmonic without affect

Near unity power factor. (Less than 5% THDI), without installing any

external filters.

Power Factor >0.95

Efficiency >96%

Technical Documentation Operation, Maintenance Manual & brochures, Spare Parts Manual Included with the offer.

Main Distribution Board and Control Panels (MDB & CPs)

1.1.19 MDB and CPs Description

1.1.19.1 General

The main distribution board and control panels shall be of a standard well tested and proven

design which ensures maximum safety to personnel, maximum service reliability and

economic operation for an operational lifetime of at least 30 years. Design and construction

shall be simple and well laid-out and shall provide good accessibility to components and

parts.

Even under extreme conditions of major short circuit or maloperation, there shall be no

danger to persons in the vicinity of the assembly.

The electrical system for all main distribution board and control panels shall be 5- wire

system, 3 Phase, Neutral and Earth.

Unless otherwise specified the neutral conductor, size shall be the same size as the phase

conductors.

All incomers and bus-coupler shall be mutually interlocked mechanically and electrically.

A. Ratings

i. Main Distribution Board and Control Panels shall be rated based on voltage,

current, frequency and the symmetrical breaking

ii. The capacity of incorporated LV automatic switching devices as defined in

appropriate IEC publication.

a. Low voltage, current-carrying components shall furthermore be

capable of carrying their rated current continuously at rated voltage

and under specified service conditions without exceeding the

permissible temperature limits when mounted in the completely

assembled boards.

Page 137: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

b. Moulded Case and Miniature Circuit Breakers shall have ampere

ratings and current breaking (interrupting) capacities according to IEC

947-2 and IEC 157-2. The circuit breakers shall be 3 pole or single,

fixed mounted and manually operated.

iii. All circuit breakers are to be equipped with release and blocking devices for

24 VDC and with an adequate number of signalling contacts. The rated short

circuit capacity of all circuit breakers according to the necessary requirements

is at least 25 KA.

B. Enclosure

i. The main distribution board and control panels shall be of the floor mounting

cubicle type, having a complete metal enclosure of sufficient mechanical

strength and high ingress protection grade, heavy duty, high protection against

dust and water penetration. The materials of construction shall be properly

prepared and treated against rust or corrosion.

ii. The main distribution board and control panels shall be self-supporting and

suitable for front entry and operation and shall be equipped with adequate

removal eye bolts for lifting purposes.

iii. Doors, covers and sides shall be made from galvanized sheet metal at least 2

mm thick, painted with two primary coats and two finishing coats of grey oil

paint. The cabinets are to be designed for placing against the wall. Doors

should be provided with locks for double bit keys and central locking system.

To avoid earthing problems, internal parts may not be varnished.

iv. All bolts, nuts, screw, hinges, handles, etc. shall be galvanized, stainless steel

or chromate-plated steel.

v. Each vertical section and each functional compartment shall be segregated

from the neighbouring sections.

vi. In case of cable cellar, adequate bottom plates shall be provided which at least

prevent access by rodents.

vii. The degree of protection shall be IP 54, form 4a Type 1 totally in accordance

with IEC publication 60529.

viii. All components requiring periodical maintenance shall be easily accessible.

ix. Effective precautions shall be taken to prevent the formation of harmful

condensation inside the enclosure, under either operating or non-operating

conditions or service conditions.

x. 230V - 1 phase anti-condensation heater shall be installed in each vertical

section: the heater shall be controlled by a common panel-thermostat.

xi. Each vertical section shall be provided with a panel mounted lighting fixture

operated through a dedicated door-limit-switch.

xii. The hinges of the (MDB and CPs) doors shall allow the doors to swing

through approximately 120 degrees from the closed position.

xiii. The door of each main incoming breaker’s compartment shall be interlocked

with the respective circuit breaker so that the door cannot be opened unless the

breaker is in the OFF position.

xiv. All cables shall enter through glands in plate covering the base of the panels.

xv. All the wiring, instruments, devices and all parts of the panel shall be facing

the front of the panels, i.e: it shall not be needed to go to the rear of the panels

to do anything to it anytime (for dismantling, maintenance, reinstallation, etc.).

Page 138: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

xvi. Unless otherwise specified the panels shall be natural air cooled.

C. The following are to be included with the Main Distribution Board (MDB)

and Control Panels (CP).

Cable ducts.

• Mounting materials.

• Connecting materials.

• Installation materials.

• Connecting terminals. Control circuit breakers with signalling contact for 24 VDC and 230 VAC in adequate number

for each panel.

Installation

The MDB and CP shall be divided into compartments with separate doors and installed side

by side. The compartments should be as follows:

a. The electricity company Kilowatt hour meter compartment.

b. Main incomer compartment.

c. Power distribution compartments.

d. UPS unit, 24 DC power supply and control feeders circuit breakers

compartment.

e. Motors starters and Control Panels compartments. Each compartment shall include a confined functional unit to enable diagnosis, maintenance,

or repair of the respective functional unit without affecting the operation of other unrelated

functional units.

To ensure a suitable arrangement for easy installation and operation, taking into

consideration the local conditions, the following dimensions shall be used for each

compartment:

a. Height 2200 mm

b. Width 800 mm

c. Depth 600 mm Prior to installation of control panels, all applicable shop drawings and data shall have been

submitted for review by Contractor and accepted by the Engineer.

Each floor channel shall be levelled before grouting and shall be securely anchored to the

concrete equipment base. Each control panel shall be securely anchored to the channels

either by bolting or welding at a minimum of two points for each vertical section.

Installation Check

After the main distribution board and the control panels have been installed and connected,

the manufacturer’s representative shall thoroughly inspect the installation and make all

required adjustments.

Page 139: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Foundation

Bolt holes shall be provided in the base of each section and the control panel anchored to

the floor channels.

Main, Neutral and Earthing Busbar Systems

Busbar system which is provided shall comprise main 3 phases + Neutral + Earth. Busbars

shall be of tinplated high conductivity electrolytic copper flat bars with round edges, joints

by means of noncorrosive high tensile steel bolts, nuts and washers, and secured against

loosening. Insulated coloured busbars shall be used. Busbars shall be suitable for extension

to the left or to the right as required. Busbars shall be accessible for maintenance purposes

...etc. Compound or oil insulated busbar systems are not acceptable.

The busbars shall be supported to withstand the thermal and magnetic forces resulting from

the highest expected short circuit currents inside any panel.

All parts of the busbar system and the feeders that are under tension are to be covered and

must be safe from accidental touching.

Wiring/Cabling

a. Control wiring shall be minimum 1.5 sq mm, stranded, 750 V AC grade, and

colour grey.

b. All power wiring/cabling shall be minimum 2.5 sq mm, stranded, and 1000

VAC grade.

c. Wiring to door mounted devices shall be suitable for hinge wire application.

d. Bundles of single-core cables shall be routed neatly in the vertical and/or

horizontal plane.

e. Individual wires and bundles shall be secured with plastic wire ties, cable

lacing or by enclosing in plastic wiring trays.

f. Compartments shall be completely internally wired.

g. All terminal blocks shall be rated 20A (minimum) at 500 V. All terminal

blocks shall have a white plastic marking strip over the length of the block.

h. All wiring shall be identified by permanent slip-on plastic sleeves at each

terminal point in addition to the marking on the terminal blocks.

i. Panels shall be provided with undrilled, metal gland plates, which shall be

grounded to the MDB and CPs earth bus.

j. The internal connections between "motor starter" compartment and this

connection compartment shall be executed as internal wiring in the CP.

k. The wires and cables which will be used in the (MDB and CP) should be

marked by the following colour-codes:

Cable Type Color Code

Phases L1, L2, L3 Black, marked with phase-colours

(Red, Yellow, Blue)

Neutral conductor N Light Blue

Potential equalization PE Green/Yellow

DC main circuits (24 VDC) Black

Page 140: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Cable Type Color Code

AC line control circuits phase (230 V, 50 Hz) Red

AC line control circuits neutral Light Blue

Measuring circuits White

DC control circuits positive: Brown (24 V)

DC control circuits common negative Gray

Signal lines Gray (Screened)

Measuring circuits

(4-20 mA, - 10, 0 + 10 VDC, PT 100) Shielded/Gray

Potential Free/External Interface Orange

Terminals

Each panel shall be provided with appropriate facilities for the independent terminals to

connect the LV main cables and the auxiliary cables.

a. The terminals for different voltages shall be effectively separated.

b. The terminals shall be so arranged that all connections can be made safely,

even when the assembly is energized.

c. Suitable terminating facilities of adequate dimensions and thermal rating shall

be provided for each conductor.

d. Inside the compartment’s separate terminals or bolts, one for each cable, are

required for earthing purposes.

e. Efficient means to prevent strain on the actual conductors and cable lugs shall

be provided.

f. Terminal blocks fitted with tubular type contacts with non-loosening screws

shall be provided for termination of cables.

g. Within the panel compartments suitable clamping devices shall be provided

for securing of the cables.

h. Terminals in current measuring circuits shall be special purpose with suitable

bridging links and measuring facilities.

i. Specified auxiliary contacts for remote circuits shall be wired and connected

to an accessible terminal block in the vicinity of the cable entries.

j. Termination compartments for main and control cables shall have adequate

dimensions, with ample accommodation for the required number of terminals.

k. Two or more conductor terminations on one terminal are not acceptable unless

the terminals are designed for more than one conductor.

l. Cable glands suitable for the cables specified shall be included in the supply of

the assembly.

m. Signalling lines and measuring signals are to be put on terminal blocks to

guarantee a clearly arranged connection to the PLC. The terminals shall be

designed as terminal strips or e.g. as wire wrap technology, according to the

number of signals.

n. Over-voltage protection devices, coupling relays and optical couplers are to be

included in the terminal level.

Instruments, Relays and Accessories

The following are to be provided on the openable instrument compartment door:

a. Measuring instruments.

Page 141: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

b. Control knobs, Position signalling device.

c. The following can be mounted inside the instrument compartment:

d. Auxiliary relays.

e. Pack circuit breakers.

f. Alarm horns.

g. Thermostat and /or humid state for anti-condensation heater.

Each measuring signal is to be transmitted standardized and potential free by 4 to 20 mA.

Indicating instruments are mainly analogue indicators. Measuring units must be easily

accessible for maintenance and calibration.

All measuring and controlling devices must be tested and they should mainly be built up of a

modular structure with easily replaceable groups.

Earthing

1.1.20 Earth Bar

a. A bare copper, adequate horizontal earthing bar shall be provided at the

bottom of the main distribution boards, along the entire length.

b. Similar size earthing bars shall be provided in each CP cable compartment.

These vertical bars shall be connected to the horizontal earthing bar.

c. Joints in the earth bar shall be bare copper and bolted with galvanized steel

bolts, nuts and washers, secured against loosening.

d. For direct connection to the station earthing grid, earthing bolts (M12) with

nuts and spring washers shall be provided at both ends of the main earth bar.

1.1.21 Earthing Connections

In addition to ensure adequate electrical continuity between all metal parts of the main

distribution board and its cables and the earth bar particular care shall be taken to ensure

that:

a. Housings of withdrawal switching devices shall be positively earthed in the

service position by appropriate earthing connections.

b. The earth connections of current transformers shall be made directly from the

terminal board to the earth bar.

Safety of Personnel and Operation

Even if the doors of the panels are open, the safety of personnel against accidental touching

of live parts will be insured through the insulation of live parts by installation of insulated

barriers of insulated material.

The electrical layout, the protection scheme of the system shall ensure safety operation for

man and material.

Rating Plates and Nameplates

Page 142: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

a. Main Distribution Board and Control Panels shall have a rating plate

permanently fixed in the front of the equipment giving at least the following

information:

i. Rated voltage and frequency.

ii. Rated short circuit and current capacity of the busbars.

iii. Standard to which equipment conforms.

iv. Year of manufacture.

v. Manufacturer's name, type and serial number.

vi. Weight.

b. All components (switching devices, contactors protection relays, instruments

etc.) shall be fitted with a rating plate in accordance with the relevant IEC

requirements.

c. All functional units shall be clearly labelled to identify the service.

d. All relays, meters, switches etc. shall be labelled in accordance with the wiring

diagrams.

e. Labels inscribing "CAUTION LIVE PARTS INSIDE" shall be fixed on the

doors.

f. Rating plates shall be made of corrosion-resistant metallic material and have

indelible inscriptions in the language specified in the requisition.

g. Enamelled plates are not acceptable.

h. Each panel shall be provided with nameplates, mounted on the front of a non-

removable part. The nameplates shall be of black non-deteriorating material

and shall permit inscriptions with characters in white in the English language.

Mimic Diagram

The front of the main distribution boards and control panels shall be provided with a plastic

or equivalent line mimic diagram illustrating the main circuit and its components.

Inspection and Testing

1.1.22 Testing

Main Distribution Board and Control Panels shall be tested by the manufacturer according to

the requirements of the specified standards. The tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer

and the owner’s representative.

The witnessed tests shall be indicated on accompanying documents and the manufacturer

must inform the Engineer and the Owner’s representative at least 3 weeks in advance of the

test dates as specified. The manufacturer shall provide facilities, equipment, and personnel

to perform the inspection and tests.

1.1.23 Routine Tests

Main Distribution Board and Control Panels shall be subjected to the following routine tests:

a. Dielectric tests of all electrical components of the boards. These shall consist

of applying AC voltage test in accordance with IEC 60439 for one minute

between poles, poles to frame and poles connected to frame.

Page 143: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

b. Insulation resistance test of all electrical components using DC Megger. The

insulation resistance shall not be less than 1000 ohms per volt of rated voltage.

c. Performance tests of all mechanical and electrical equipment and components

of the board, including the operations of control and protection circuits,

measuring devices, CT's, etc.

d. Interchangeability tests, spot checks shall be made to verify interchangeability

of identical components.

1.1.24 Type Tests

The manufacturer shall carry out the following type tests if required on accompanying

document(s), if not, evidence of such tests carried out on similar boards, equipment or

components of the board(s) will be accepted:

a. Short circuit making and breaking compatibilities of incomer(s).

b. Short circuit withstands compatibility for 3 sec. of the incomer(s) busbar

system and bus-coupler(s).

"Type test" certificates as proof of compliance with requirements regarding short

circuit capacity and enclosure in accordance with respective IEC publications, shall be

made available for the board and circuit breakers. "Type test", certificates shall show

that circuit breakers have been tested when mounted within the types of enclosures

incorporated in the switchboard.

MDB and CPs Components

The following devices and components shall be assembled in the Main Distribution Board

(MDB) and Control Panels (CPs).

I. Surge Arrestor

At the main incomer of the Main Distribution Board (MDB), CPs and all PLC/RTU

components; surge arrestor protected by suitable HRC fuses for over voltage protection shall

be installed.

II. Current Transformers

In general, current transformers shall be designed as plug-on transformers through which

both busbars and cables can be routed.

Current transformers shall comply with IEC 60044-1 and shall be insulated in resin with

either a wound core or a pushing bar with one or two cores.

Current transformers shall have the following characteristics:

a. Rating and Type

Rated primary current shall preferably be selected from the range of standard values.

Rated secondary current shall be either 5 or 1 A; for remote metering 1 A only is

acceptable. Short-time thermal current rating of the transformers shall be 1 sec.

Power rating shall be established in accordance with the instruments and devices to be

connected, the minimum power rating being 10 VA for each starter, separate two sets of

Page 144: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

current transformers shall be provided, one for protection functions and other for

instrumentation measuring duties.

b. Class of Accuracy

Measuring current transformers shall be classified as Class 3.

The over current factor "n" shall be < 5 to prevent damage of instruments at

maximum fault current.

Protective current transformers are to be Class 5 P; however, Class 10 P is

acceptable for the protection of e.g. electric motors.

c. Terminals and Connections

Secondary terminals of current transformers shall be wired up to a terminal block

with short-circuiting links, located at an accessible place. One side of the

secondary winding of each current transformer shall be connected at this terminal

block to the earth bar.

III. Current Transducer

One current transducer shall be installed for each starter in the respective Control Panel, the

input of the transducer shall be 5A from the secondary of one of the measuring current

transformer the output shall be 4-20mA.

IV. Isolating Transformer

Isolating transformer for generating the control voltage 400/230 VAC is to be installed inside

the (MDB).

V. Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

A. General

i. Moulded-Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB) shall comply with IEC 60947-1 and

60947-2 standards or with the corresponding applicable standards such as

(VDE 0660 and BS 4752) and as follows:

ii. MCCB shall be of category A with a rated service breaking capacity (Ics)

equal to the ultimate breaking capacity (Icu) - on all the operational voltage

range for the ratings up to 250A, up to 500V for the greater ratings.

iii. MCCB shall have a rated operational voltage of 690 V AC (50 Hz).

iv. MCCB shall have a rated insulation voltage of 750 V AC (50Hz).

v. MCCB shall be suitable for isolation, as defined by IEC 60947 –1 and -2, § 7-

27 for the Overvoltage Category IV for a rated insulation voltage up to 690 V

according to IEC 60664-1.

a. MCCBs shall be designed according to Eco-design complying with

ISO 14062 Especially MCCB’s materials shall be of halogen free type.

They shall be supplied in recyclable packing complying with European

Directives.

b. MCCBs shall be available in fixed or plug-in/withdrawable types as

well as in 3-pole and 4-pole versions. For plug-in/withdrawable

versions, a safety trip shall provide advanced opening to prevent

connection and disconnection of a closed-circuit breaker.

Page 145: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

c. MCCBs shall be designed for both vertical and horizontal mounting,

without any adverse effect on electrical performance. It shall be

possible to supply power either from the upstream or downstream side.

d. MCCBs shall provide class II insulation (according to IEC 60664-1

standard) between the front and internal power circuits.

B. Construction, Operation, Environment

i. Production site organisation shall be certified to comply with ISO 9002 and

ISO 14001 standards.

ii. For maximum safety, the power contacts shall be insulated in an enclosure

made of a thermosetting material from other functions such as the operating

mechanism, the case, the trip unit, and auxiliaries.

iii. All poles shall operate simultaneously for circuit breaker opening, closing, and

tripping.

iv. MCCBs shall be actuated by a toggle or handle that clearly indicates the three

positions: ON, OFF and TRIPPED.

v. To ensure suitability for isolation complying with IEC 60947-2 § 7-27:

vi. The operating mechanism shall be designed such that the toggle or handle can

only be in OFF position (O) if the power contacts are all separated.

vii. In OFF position, the toggle or handle shall indicate the isolation position.

Isolation shall be provided by a double break on the main circuit.

viii. MCCBs shall be equipped with a “push to trip” button in front to test

operation and the opening of the poles.

ix. MCCB rating, “push to trip” button, outgoing circuit identification and contact

position indication must be clearly visible and accessible from the front,

through the front panel or the door of the switchboard.

C. Current Limiting, Discrimination, Endurance

i. MCCBs shall be capable of greatly limiting currents. For short-circuits, the

maximum thermal stress I2t shall be limited to:

- 106 A2s for ratings up to 250 A.

- 5 x106 A2s for ratings between 400 A and 630A.These characteristics will

allow high cascading performance with moulded-case or miniature circuit-

breakers downstream.

ii. MCCBs shall comprise a device, designed to trip the circuit-breaker in the

event of high-value short-circuit currents. This device shall be independent of

the thermal-magnetic or electronic trip unit. The breaking will be carried out in

less than 10ms for short-circuit currents above 25In.

iii. MCCBs, the current ratings of which are identical with the ratings of their trip

units, shall ensure discrimination for any fault current up to at least 35 kA rms,

with any downstream circuit-breaker having a current rating less or equal to

0.4 times that of the upstream circuit-breaker.

iv. The electrical endurance of MCCBs, as defined by IEC 60947-2 standard,

shall be at least equal to 3 times the minimum required by the standard.

Page 146: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

D. Auxiliaries and Accessories

i. It shall be possible to equip MCCBs with a motor mechanism for electrically

controlled operation. An “auto/manual” switch in front shall, when set to the

“manual” position, lock out electrical control; remote indication of “manual”

or “auto” mode shall be possible. Closing shall take place in less than 80 ms.

Following tripping due to electrical faults (overloads, short-circuit, earth

fault), remote reset shall be inhibited. It shall however be possible if opening

was initiated by a voltage release. - The operating mechanism shall be of

the stored-energy type only

ii. The addition of a motor mechanism or a rotary handle shall in no way affect

circuit breaker characteristics:

- Only three stable tripping mechanism positions (ON, OFF and TRIPPED)

shall be possible with the motor mechanism.

- Suitability for isolation shall be provided by positive contact indication (ON

and OFF) in front of the motor mechanism module.

iii. MCCBs shall be designed to enable safe on-site installation of auxiliaries such

as voltage releases (shunt and under voltage releases) and indication switches

as follows:

They shall be separated from power circuits.

All electrical auxiliaries shall be of the snap-in type and fitted with terminal

blocks.

All auxiliaries shall be common for the entire range.

Auxiliary function and terminals shall be permanently engraved on the case of

the circuit breaker and the auxiliary itself.

The addition of auxiliaries shall not increase the volume of the circuit breaker.

iv. The addition of a motor mechanism module or a rotary handle, etc., shall not

mask or block device settings.

v. It shall be possible to assemble earth fault protection moulded-case circuit

breakers by adding a residual current device (RCD) directly to the circuit

breaker case. The resulting device shall:

Comply with appendix B of IEC 60947-2 standard.

Be immunised against nuisance tripping as per IEC 255 and IEC 61000-4

standards.

Be capable of working normally down to -25 °C ambient temperature.

Operate without an auxiliary power supply, i.e. it shall be capable of operating

normally on any 2-phase or 3-phase power network with a voltage between

200 V and 440 V, and of tripping the circuit-breaker even in the event of

voltage dips down to 80 V

vi. It shall be possible to equip MCCBs with devices indicating faults without

tripping the circuit breaker.

E. Protection Functions

General

Page 147: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

MCCBs with ratings up to 250 A shall be equipped with fully interchangeable trip units to

ensure the protection against overcharge and short-circuit. The trip units shall be either of:

Thermal-magnetic.

Electronic

MCCBs with ratings over 250 A shall be equipped with electronic trip units

a. Electronic and thermal-magnetic trip units shall be adjustable, and it

shall be possible to fit lead seals to prevent unauthorised access to the

settings.

b. Electronic trip units shall comply with appendix F of IEC 60947-2

standard (measurement of rms current values, electromagnetic

compatibility, etc.).

c. Protection settings shall apply to all circuit breaker poles.

d. The trip units shall not augment overall circuit breaker volume.

e. All electronic components shall withstand temperatures up to 125 °C

Thermal-magnetic trip units (up to 250 A) characteristics:

a. Adjustable thermal protection.

b. Fixed magnetic protection for current ratings up to 200 A.

c. Adjustable (from 5 to 10 times the current rating) for current ratings

greater than 200 A.

d. It shall be possible to ensure neutral protection. The tripping threshold

shall be equal to that of the phases or to a reduced value (generally half

of that of the phases).

Electronic trip units (up to 250 A):

Characteristics

a. Long-time protection (LT).

b. Selectable Ir threshold with forty-eight settings from 40 to 100 % of

the trip unit rating.

c. Short time protection (ST).

d. Im threshold shall be adjustable from 2 to 10 times the thermal setting

Ir, the time delay shall be fixed at 40 ms.

e. Instantaneous protection

The threshold shall be fixed (between 12 and 19 times in, depending

on the rating).

Four-pole devices shall be equipped for neutral protection:

a. As standard with a 3-position setting: - neutral not protected - neutral

tripping threshold equal to half the phase value - neutral threshold

equal to the phase value.

Page 148: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

b. If required by harmonic 3 neutral current circulation with a specific 3-

position setting: - neutral not protected – neutral setting according to

the rating of the phases in a ratio of 0.8 or 1.6 (Oversized Neutral

setting up to avoid tripping nuisances due to the natural Harmonic

currents circulation in the Neutral conductor)

Load monitoring function

The following monitoring functions shall be integral parts of electronic trip

units:

a. LED for load indication, lighted above 95 % of Ir, flashing above 105

% of Ir.

b. A test connector shall be installed for checks on electronic and tripping

mechanism operation using an external device.

Thermal memory

In the event of repeated overloads, the electronic trip unit shall optimise protection of

cables and downstream devices by memorising temperature variations.

Electronic trip units (above 400 A and greater):

Characteristic

a. Short-time protection.

b. Selectable Ir threshold with thirty-two settings from 40 % to 100 % of

the trip unit rating.

c. Adjustable time delay.

d. The breaking threshold shall be at 1.2 Ir and the no-breaking threshold

after 2 H at 1.05 Ir.

e. Short time protection (ST).

f. Im threshold shall be adjustable from 2 to 10 times the thermal setting

Ir. The time delay shall be selectable among 3 values, with or without

the constant I2t function.

g. Instantaneous protection threshold adjustable from 1.5 to 11 times in.

F. Thermal memory

In the event of repeated overloads, the electronic trip unit shall optimise protection of

cables and downstream devices by memorising temperature variations.

Four-pole devices shall be equipped for neutral protection:

a. As standard with a 3-position setting: - neutral not protected - neutral

tripping threshold equal to half the phase value - neutral threshold

equal to the phase value,

b. if required by harmonic 3 neutral current circulation with a specific 3-

position setting: - neutral not protected - neutral setting according to

the rating of the phases in a ratio of 0.8 or 1.6 (Oversized Neutral

setting up to avoid tripping nuisances due to the natural Harmonic

currents circulation in the Neutral conductor).

G. Load monitoring function

Page 149: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

A load monitoring function shall be an integral part of universal trip units, indicating four

load levels (60 %, 75 %, 90 % and 105 %) by LEDs, (flashing LED for 105 %).

VI. Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCBs)

Type: Thermal magnetic non-adjustable type tested in accordance with the BSEN 60898 Standard.

Minimum Short-Circuit Breaking Capacities are to be as follows:

6-32A MCB: 10 kA at 240/415 V A.C.

Construction: MCBs are to be tropicalized for operation at ambient temperatures up to 70ºC within panel

board enclosure and humidity up to 95%, and are to be constructed from high quality, high

temperature, molded insulating materials. Guaranteed duties and characteristics are to be

submitted for temperatures above 40ºC. MCBs and combinational devices are to be

modular, of unified profile and mounted to a standards DIN rail.

Operation:

Under overload conditions, thermal tripping is to provide close protection on insulated

conductors.

Under short-circuit conditions; magnetic trip is to operate at 7-10 times normal rated

current. Magnetic operation is to be in the current limiting region and opening time is not to

exceed 5 milliseconds.

Motor Circuit Breakers The motor circuit breakers shall be inherently safe, capable of being installed at any random

location without the need to be protected by a fuse. Making and breaking shall be

performed by two pushbuttons provided for this purpose, which simultaneously indicate the

switch position.

The motor circuit breakers shall be provided with adjustable overload tripping and high-

speed short-circuit tripping. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for control and signalling

purposes, at least in 1 normally open and 1 normally closed contact.

Instruments

a. Ammeter (for 400 V, 3 Phase Boards)

The ammeter shall be moving iron type, flush pattern with dust and

moisture proof enclosure. The ammeter shall comply with BS 89 and

the dial size shall be (96 x 96 mm). The range of ammeter shall be

according to the rating of the incoming switch. Ammeters in the motor

circuit shall have an overload scale of 6 x In. Accuracy for Ammeters

shall be of Class 1.5 and as specified in IEC publication 60051 and

60521.

b. Voltmeter (for 400 V, 3 Phase Boards)

The voltmeter shall be moving iron type, flush pattern with dust and

moisture proof enclosure and the range shall be 0 – 500 Volts unless

otherwise specified.

The size of dial shall be (96 x 96 mm) and the meters shall comply

with BS 90. The Voltmeter selector switch shall read line-to-line

Page 150: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

voltages and line to neutral voltages. Accuracy for Voltmeters shall be

of Class 1.5 and as specified in IEC publication 60051 and 60521.

c. Indicating Lights

Indicating lights shall be heavy – duty, 18 mm, oil tight type, which

utilizes a low voltage lamp and built – in transformer. Legends shall be

engraved on the lens or on a legend faceplate. Lamps shall be easily

replaceable from the front of the indicating light. Indicating lights shall

be the Push – to- Test type.

Control Panels Additional Components

In addition to those components which are mentioned in the last section, the following

devices and components shall be assembled in the Control Panels (CPs).

a) Variable Speed Drive

a) All controls for the motor and its related pump.

b) All alarms indication lamps for the motor and its related pump.

c) Visual and audible alarm devices for all faults with acknowledge and reset systems.

d) Miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) for protection of control circuits and protection

relays. The MCB’s shall have interrupting capacity not less than 10 KA according to

IEC 157-1 P1.

e) Illuminated push buttons as described.

f) Indication lamps for the three phase with Red-Yellow-Blue colours, respectively.

The control panels shall incorporate the following monitoring and protection units:

A. Digital, Line Metering and Protection Unit

This device shall consist of a single microprocessor-based unit capable of monitoring and

protection the functions which are listed below.

Direct reading metered values shall be displayed by the device as follows:

− AC amperes in each phase with 1% accuracy.

− AC voltage, phase to phase and phase to neutral with 1% accuracy.

− Megawatts.

− Megavars.

− Power Factor.

− Frequency.

− Megawatt demand (5, 10, 15, 30, minute interval field programmable).

The device shall trip and / or alarm on the following conditions as indicated:

− Voltage phase loss if any phase rms is less than 50% of the nominal line

voltage.

− Current phase loss, if the smallest phase value is less than 1/16 of the largest

phase value.

− Line voltage phase unbalance, selectable from 5 to 40% of nominal in 5%

increments.

Page 151: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

− Under voltage, selectable from 95 to 60% in 5% increments.

− Phase sequence.

− Over voltage.

1. The device shall have a time delay for the trip and / or alarm settings for over

voltage, and phase unbalance. The delay shall range from 0 to 8 seconds in 1second

intervals.

2. Input ranges of the device shall accommodate external current transformers with

range from 100 / 5 through 5000 / 5. Potential transformers shall not be necessary

up to 600 volts. Above 600 volts, external potential transformer inputs shall be

provided up to 14.4 KV Current and potential transformer ratios shall be field

settable on the metering package.

3. Outputs shall have trip / alarm contacts with ratings of 10 amperes. Separate trip

and alarm relay contacts shall be provided.

4. Display screen and LED shall indicate both trip and alarm conditions. The cause of a

trip or alarm shall be indicated on the display window. The device shall also signify

reverse power flow, negative power factor, and negative KVAR. The unit shall trip in

the event of an internal malfunction.

5. Control power shall be drawn from the monitored incoming AC line terminal

connection.

6. The device shall have non – volatile memory and not require battery backup. In the

event of power failure, the device shall retain pre-set parameters.

7. The device shall allow the user to disable undesired values / functions and to later

reactivate them if required.

8. A neutral terminal shall be provided for 4 wires, earthed systems.

9. The Voltage Power Module shall be detachable from the chassis.

10. In the event of a trip or alarm condition, a built – in reset button shall allow a

manual reset of the device. The device shall also be capable of being remotely reset

via its communication port.

B. Adjustable Electronic Overload Protection Relay

The electronic overload protection relay, with suitable adjustable range, shall be installed

between the running contactor and motor. The overload range shall be approximately from

(80%) – (120%) of the nominal current rating of the motor.

The electronic overload shall have the following protection functions:

a. Over current.

b. Phase failure.

C. Dry Running Protection Relay

Each control panel shall have its own dry running relay connected to dry

running sensor for each pump, which shall be connected in series with them as

a protection.

D. Motor Thermal Protection Relay

The function of this relay is to protect the motor against overheating. If the

motor is heated by a clogged cooling system or by sun radiation, this relay

Page 152: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

shall be energized, immediately interrupting the control of the motor drive. At

the front of the starter panel three protections PT100 relays and one PTC

should be installed as follows:

a. Motor windings relay with 4-20mA output for RTU monitoring.

b. Pumps bearing PTC relay with 4-20mA output for RTU monitoring. These devices shall be connected to three temperature sensors integrated in the motor

three windings, and two temperature sensors for each of the pump front and rear bearings.

The sensors which are provided shall be 3- wire PT100 resister sensor. Thermal protection

relay shall have the following features:

a. Digital indication on LCD with signal lamp.

b. Adjustable from 0Cº to 100Cº. trip on 70Cº.

c. Two change over contacts.

d. Apply on 3-wire resistor sensor.

e. Supply voltage 230V. Acknowledgement or resetting of the relay shall be affected by a push-button installed on

the relay.

The auxiliary contact shall be of the reversing type. Alarm trip with 2 set points, 2 relay input

with digital temp indication and 4-20mA output.

1. Complete circuit diagrams shall be provided together with service instructions,

and spare parts list for all components used in the Control Panel, and they shall

be supplied in transparent plastic case inside a pocket on the backside of the

panel door.

2. The front of the CP shall contain the following signalling control and

instruments: a) A selector switches (Manual, OFF, Auto) for the pumps’ motors.

b) A set of “ON” and “OFF” push buttons.

c) One voltmeter 0-500 VAC with selector switches to monitor the 3 phases

and neutral voltages.

d) Three ammeters and three current transformers one per phase.

e) Indication lamps to show the following:

f) Motor “ON” and “OFF” and “FAULT”.

g) The motor is overloaded.

h) Motor windings high temperature trip.

i) One audible alarm re-settable hugger for all faults of motor and pumps.

j) One running hour's recorder without resetting facility to record up to 9999

hours.

k) One stay-put push button for emergency stopping.

l) 3 digital LCD display units for motor and pumps temperatures.

m) The manufacturer shall submit with the panels test report (certificate) for

each panel showing that the starters were completely tested and setting of

relay was adjusted.

3. Controls, Indication and Alarms The following features and components will be provided at the Control Panel deemed to be

included in the price of the control panel. The separate control panel shall comprise the

Page 153: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

indicating lamps, measuring instruments (e.g. Ammeters, Voltmeters, Alarm and Fault

Signals).

The control panel should illustrate the components of the pump station, as well as indication

to show the operation status of each power consuming equipment (e.g. on, off, faulty, open,

close etc.). The control panel is to be equipped with a facility to be connected with the RTU.

a) The operating push buttons, switches, or handles of all circuit breakers,

motor starters, isolators, etc. shall be located on the doors of the control

panel, and there shall be visual indications of the “ON” and “OFF” positions.

b) All operations of fault and alarm circuit shall be clearly and individually

indicated on the front of the control panel by lamp operation.

c) Fault and alarm indication lamps shall remain ON until the causes have been

cleared and the system has been manually reset.

d) Indication lamps and push buttons shall be coloured as follows:

Indication Lamp Color

On Green

Off Red

Fault Red

Alarms Yellow

Heaters Blue

Push Buttons Color

Start Green

Stop Red

Alarm Accept Black or White

Emergency Stop Red

e) For the purpose of remote indication, voltage free contact shall be provided

to duplicate the ON, OFF, fault and all other alarm indications. The contacts

shall be wired to outgoing terminals and shall be rated for 2 Amps at 24 volts

DC as required by the RTU, Manual, Automatic, OFF, 3 positions selector

switch shall be provided, to all or for remote operation of RTU supplier.

f) Each indicating lamp shall incorporate a push-to-test feature.

g) The Contractor shall supply and install control cable (“4-20” mA signal) from

the location of the field instruments (i.e. transmitters) to suggested location

of Programmable Logic Control or (RTU).

h) The contractor shall supply and install control cable (free contact signal)

from the location of the field instrument switches (i.e. Float switches,

ON/OFF control valves …etc) to suggested location of Remote Terminal Unit

(RTU).

1.1. Distribution Board a. Distribution boards shall be provided to serve lighting, fans, socket outlets, and other

appliances, 400/230 Volt, 3 phases, 4 wire panel board.

Page 154: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

b. Distribution Boards shall be surface mounted type, totally enclosed, dust protected,

vermin proof type (3) and corrosion resistant.

c. Enclosure shall be fabricated from robust galvanized sheet steel fully rust-proofed,

stove enamelled, of minimum thickness of 1.5mm and shall be protected to IP 32 for

internal use with neoprene gaskets for the doors. Hinged door with a lock and key

shall be integral part of the fixed cover.

d. The cabinet shall be constructed so that it is necessary to open the door to operate

Miniature Circuit Breakers or ELCB. Access to interior components and internal wiring

shall be gained by removing a separate barrier within the enclosure.

e. All distribution boards shall be controlled by an adequately rated on-load isolator or

circuit breaker to interrupt the supply to the entire distribution board.

f. A circuit label shall be provided to indicate the area served by each MCB.

g. Busbars shall be of high electrical conductivity copper and be of appropriate current

carrying capacity at least equal to the rating of the main incoming isolator or circuit

breaker.

h. Earthing stud bolt shall be provided through the cabinet with a removable 25 mm2

bond to the panel earth bus and an external clamp connector for a station earth cable.

i. The distribution boards shall be provided with fixed cover and a hinged door with padlock which can be opened without any obstruction about 120 degrees and conduit knockouts from the top and bottom.

Earthing and Bonding

General

This section covers furnishing and installing earthing cable, earthing rods, and earthing

materials as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein for the electrical system and

equipment grounding.

The earthing installations shall provide that all extraneous conducting materials in the

buildings are equip-potential bonded, so that in the event of an electrical fault potential

differences are not present.

Earthing arrangements and protective conductors shall be in accordance with the

“Regulations for Electrical Installations” issued by the institute of Electrical Engineers,

London, Sixteenth Edition Parts 4 and 5 and subsequent revisions.

The installations shall have separate neutral and protective conductors.

The system will also ensure that the conductors carrying earth fault currents are of adequate

cross sectional area to enable the protective device to operate in timed period so that

damage is not caused to any installation equipment and that discrimination between

protective devices is maintained.

The complete earthing system shall be protected against damage by corrosion.

Page 155: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Local air and soil conditions are aggressive and saline; neither steel nor copper shall

therefore be protractedly exposed to the environment. Steel parts shall be hot dipped

galvanized; copper shall be tinning plated.

Earthing System

Earthing system shall be installed as indicated in the Jordanian General Technical

Specifications for Buildings “Chapter 4’.

The earthing system shall comply with the standards of BS7430, IEC-364-5-54, IEEE-81

regulations.

Main earthing conductors shall consist of tin copper bar of hard drawn, high conductivity

copper strip (or equivalent tinned or lead coated bare copper, hard drawn wire).

Earthing conductors shall be adequately sized for maximum fault current.

Each connection shall be identified using engraved laminated plastic labels which may be

fixed to the conductor using nylon cable ties.

Bolted connections shall be made using brass bolts, washers, nuts, and locknuts.

Alternatively, electrically plated steel components may be used.

Earthing Rods

Earth rods shall be of 20 mm in diameter by 3 meters long power driven vertically into the

ground apart with heads located at a depth to suit the position of the disconnecting

chamber.

Earth rods shall be copper plated steel cord with a metallic bonded outer surface, rods shall

be provided with special hardened tips and caps, to avoid distortion when driven into the

ground. Approved non-ferrous clamps for connecting the rod to the copper strip (or the bare

wire), between rod and final earth lead test link shall be provided.

The head of each rod shall be brought to a concrete chamber to enable each electrode to be

disconnected for testing purposes.

Concrete disconnecting chambers with removable cover and disconnecting link, for location

and test purposes, shall be provided over each rod. The top of the chamber shall be at

finished ground level.

The earth rod interconnections shall be an electrically unbroken ring and interconnections

shall be tinned or lead coated copper tapes of hard drawn high conductivity copper strips (or

equivalent tinned or lead coated bare copper hard drawn wire) sweated to the test links.

The conductor shall be adequately sized and sufficient low resistance to carry the maximum

fault current for a period equivalent to the clearing time of the protective equipment

without undue temperature rise.

Joints at the head of the earth rods shall be easily accessible for periodic inspection.

Where armoured cables are installed above ground level for the purpose of running sub-

main or final distribution circuits, then the armouring may be used as the earth conductor

provided that the following requirements of the next paragraph are complied with.

Page 156: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Where armoured cables are installed directly in the ground then the armouring must be

bonded to earth using suitable glands. The armouring must not be used as the sole earthing

conductor. Additional earthing shall be provided by means of a separate insulated PVC-

copper cable whose insulation is green/yellow. This cable shall follow the same route as the

supply cable and shall be taped to it at regular intervals. Alternatively an integral earth

conductor shall be provided where Multicore-armoured cables are provided.

The test link shall be of tinned copper and not be less than the connecting cables cross

sectional areas and have a generous contact area.

Disconnecting bolts, nuts, locknuts and washers shall be made from phosphor bronze.

The copper PVC insulated wires connecting the earth rods to the test link shall be

exothermically welded at the test link and sweated to the top of the earth rod.

Mains Distributions

Where the armour of cable is used as the earth conductor for remote switchboards and

equipment’s, the Contractor shall ensure that the earth resistance taking account of the

cross-sectional area of the armour and the lengths of cable is satisfactory. Where necessary

steel conductors shall be replaced by copper in the armour cables or separate earth

conductors shall be installed.

Particular care shall be taken to ensure earth continuity across items of equipment situated

within a cable run and should the design of such equipment not give adequate and lasting

continuity through its structural body then additional earthing clamps and conductors shall

be provided to bond the cable sheaths together independently.

Earth electrodes shall be of high carbon steel with a copper bonded finish installed below

concrete inspection covers marked “EARTH”.

Mains Connections

Connections between the earth bar and principle items of equipment shall be made using

copper tape or stranded cable of appropriate size cross sectional area with an overall green

or green/yellow PVC sheath.

Electrical Installations

Cubicle switchboards shall include a continuous copper conductor connected to each section

of the cubicle and extended to the incoming outgoing cable gland plate and armour

clamping rings.

Site assembled panels and boards shall have items of equipment, the frame and cable

armour rings bonded with copper tape.

Conduit or trunking shall not be used for earth continuity, but all conduit or trunking shall be

connected to earth. Flexible conduits shall have an additional external earth connection

adequately bonded at both ends. Where conduits and/or trunking is used to connect

equipment not separately bonded to the earthing system a separate internal earth

Page 157: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

conductor shall be run, which shall be securely bonded directly to the respective equipment

by means of a separate recognized earth terminal.

Earthing System Resistance

The earthing resistance shall not exceed 2.0 ohms at each structure. All earthing resistance

measurements shall be made with a three terminal “Megger” type earthing tester which

applies alternating current to the electrodes and which gives a reading in direct current

ohms. Two reference earth probes shall be used, and all tests shall be made in accordance

with the instrument manufacturer’s instructions for ground resistance testing.

The earthing resistance measurement data may indicate that additional earthing rods are

required. The Contractor shall install and connect additional earthing rods to achieve the

required ohms needed.

Testing

During the progress of the work and particularly for those installations to be buried or

concealed, continuity test shall be performed. These tests shall not replace any tests

required at the end of the Project.

The procedures shall include a visual inspection by senior personnel followed by testing

using appropriate test instruments. Test instruments shall be regularity and recently

calibrated before tests commence and all test results shall be included in the commissioning

manuals.

Cables

1.1.25 Power Cables Scope

This specification defines the requirements for supply of electrical cables 600/1000V

XLPE/SWA/PVC type for the system voltage of 415/240 V, 3 phase and neutral and

Frequency 50 Hz.

Applicable Codes and Standards

The following codes and/or standards (latest editions inclusive of all amendments) are

applicable.

− IEC 60502-1 Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated

voltages of 1 kV (Um = 1.2 kV) and 3 kV (Um = 3.6 kV).

− IEC 60332-1 Tests on electric cables under fire conditions- Part 1: Test on a single

vertical insulated wire or cable.

− IEC 60228 Conductors of insulated cables.

− IEC 60230 Impulse tests on cables and their accessories.

− IEC 60724 Guide to the short-circuit temperature limits of electric cables with a

rated voltage not exceeding 0.6/1.0 kV.

Page 158: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

− IEC 60811 Common test methods for insulating and sheathing materials of electric

cables.

− IEC 60287-1 Calculation of continuous current rating of cables - current rating

equations.

− IEC 60287-2 Calculation of continuous current rating of cables - thermal resistance.

− IEC 60287-3 Calculation of continuous current rating of cables - operating conditions.

The Contractor shall also note that it is not the intent of this specification to deviate from

good engineering practices. The absence of specifications shall imply that the best

engineering practices shall prevail, utilizing first quality materials and workmanship.

The Contractor shall seek clarification from the Engineer of any confusing or conflicting

information contained in this specification and the accompanying documents.

Any deviation from this specification shall be indicated by the Contractor along with his bid.

Otherwise the Engineer shall assume full compliance with this specification while accepting

the bid.

Design and Construction

The design and construction of electrical power and control cables shall be in accordance

with the codes and standards as specified.

All electrical power and control cables shall have coloured cores as shown in table 5 and as

specified in IEC 60173.

Cable Type Power Cables Control Cables

Single core red or black red or black

Two cores red and black red and black

Three cores red, yellow, blue red, yellow, blue

Four cores red, yellow, blue, black red, yellow, blue, black

Five cores red, yellow, blue, black, green white numerical printed on black insulation

The black sheath is for the neutral and the other colours are for the phase conductors.

For multicore cables (i.e. above 4 cores) for control applications, the core numbers shall be

printed on each cable core for identification (i.e. nos. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7..... upwards).

All cables shall be suitable for operation under the following conditions:

− Directly buried in ground.

− Run in buried P.V.C., concrete or all steel ducts.

− Runs fastened to cable rack or tray in open air.

The cables shall be capable of continuous operation at highest system voltage as specified

with maximum conductor operating temperature of 90 C and maximum temperature under

fault conditions of not more than 250 C.

1.1.26 Materials

Conductors

Page 159: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The cable conductors shall be of stranded, annealed high conductivity copper conductors

laid up and rendered smooth and free from defects likely to injure the insulation.

Conductors shall be of high conductivity copper and meet the requirements of IEC 60228.

Smaller sizes shall be circular in formation and comprise several strands.

Larger conductors to be stranded and shaped to produce a compact, less costly design. For

cables having two or more than two core, shall have all cores of uniform cross section.

1.1.27 Insulation

Power and control cables shall be insulated with cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) compound

and insulation thickness complying with the requirements of IEC 60502-1

Laying and Bedding

The laying of cores of cables and bedding shall be as per IEC 60502-1.

Armour

The power cables having two or more cores shall comprise a single layer of spirally applied

galvanised steel wires.

The electrical conductivity of the armour shall be such that it is capable of carrying the earth

fault current specified in data schedule.

Wire armour for single core cables shall consist of a single layer of aluminium wires.

Outer Sheath

The outer sheath of cables shall be an extruded layer of black PVC, intrinsically flame

retardant and anti termite protected. The cables shall meet the requirements of IEC60502-1

and IEC 60332-1.

Marking

The external surface of the cover-sheath shall be embossed along two or more lines with

electrical cable 600/1000V according to IEC 60502-1. Also manufacturer's name and year of

manufacture shall be provided throughout the cable length.

Sealing and Drumming

Both ends of every length of cable shall be sealed properly immediately after tests at

manufacturer's premises.

The cables shall be rolled on suitable wooden or steel drums. The drum shall be marked to

indicate the direction of rolling, type of cable, voltage and cable length. For all cut lengths of

cables which are to be delivered to the Engineer, approved sealing caps of correct size shall

be supplied and properly mounted immediately after the respective cable length is cut.

Page 160: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Inspection and Testing

Performance and acceptance tests for electrical power and control cables shall be carried

out at manufacturer's works which shall be witnessed by the Engineer or alternatively

subject to the Engineer's prior approval, factory test certificates shall be accepted.

Copies of type test certificates as per IEC-60502 shall be furnished by the cable manufacture

along with the bid.

The required tests, test conditions and acceptance criteria for the cables shall be in

accordance with the latest edition of IEC-60502-1.

The required tests on the cables shall include but not limited to the following:

− High Voltage Test.

− Conductor Resistance Test.

− Armour Resistance Test.

− Thickness of Insulation.

− Test for Flame Retardant.

− Insulation Resistance Test.

Documentation

The contractor shall provide the following documents as minimum:

Detailed technical particulars for the cables including current carrying capacity, short circuit

current ratings, de-rating factors, thickness of each material and composition, weighting,

etc.

Test certificates for all type tests and materials if specified on data sheets.

Installation data.

Control and Instrumentation Cables

Control and instrumentation site cables shall be manufactured in accordance with BS 6346

with steel wire armouring and polyethylene or PVC with 0.38mm thickness insulation. The

cable shall be twisted pair, shielded with (1) mm2 cross sectional area per core.

Each cable shall have its individual cores identified along their entire length by permanently

printed numerals or letters. At every point of termination, core identification shall be carried

out using an approved system of ferrule markers. At any point of interconnection of wiring

at which a change of numbering is unavoidable, double ferrules shall be provided on each

wire.

Any change of numbering shall be recorded on the wiring diagrams of the equipment at

which the change is made.

Where it is proposed to use junction boxes for the marshalling of control and

instrumentation cables to a common item of equipment, etc., any such junction box shall be

of the wall mounted type, purpose made, complete with double terminal blocks of the

pressure plate pattern.

Page 161: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Cabling Method

Each cable shall be installed in accordance with the relevant codes of practice and shall be

neatly run in all situations. Cables which are to run on walls, ceilings or other structures shall

be supported on cable trays.

Where cables are surface run on the external faces of structures or above ground level,

suitable protection from the radiation of the sun shall be provided by means of covers or

canopies.

Where cables enter or leave structures or panel plinths, the ducts shall be sealed at the

point of entry or exit. Caulking shall be carried out with an approved compound and

followed by not less than 40 mm of epoxy resin, two mix-cold waterproof compounds or a

weak sand/cement mixture as directed by the Engineer. This shall include any spare ducts.

The Contractor shall be responsible for temporarily sealing all cable ducts into structures

during the installation stage to prevent accidental flooding of the structures.

Cables shall be delivered on robust cable drums which shall bear details of manufacturer,

size, length and insulation and shall be offered to the Engineer for inspection prior to

installation.

When a cable is cut from a length on a drum, the drum length shall be immediately sealed.

All cables once cut and laid shall be terminated in their final position or effectively sealed.

The general routing of cables shall be as generally indicated on the contract drawings, but

the final routes shall be those agreed with the Engineer before any cable installation work is

carried out. All cables shall be installed strictly in accordance with the requirements of this

specification.

The laying of all cables shall satisfy the following requirements: Cable depths shall be

assessed from the finished ground level unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Cables

hall be laid at a depth of 0.7 meters, less bedding. A layer of soft sand, 10 cm thick shall be

laid under and over the cable, and a 7 cm thickness of solid blocks and warning tape shall be

placed above the sand along the cable trench.

Cable Installation

Care shall be taken to protect the cable and avoid kinking of conductor cutting or puncturing

the jacket, contamination by oil or grease, or damaging in any manner. Cable installation

shall conform to the following requirements:

1) Stranded conductor cable shall be terminated by lugs, cup washer, or pressure

connectors. Stranded cables shall not be wrapped around screw type terminal.

2) Stranded conductor cable shall be spliced by pressure type connectors. Wire screw

type connectors shall not be used on stranded cable.

3) Cables may be spliced only at readily accessible locations.

4) Cable terminations and splices shall be made as recommended by the cable

manufacturer for the particular cable and service conditions.

Page 162: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

5) Cable shall not be pulled tight against bushings not pressed heavily against

enclosures.

6) Cable pulling lubricants shall be as recommended by the cable manufacturer for

that particular type cable.

7) Buried cables shall have molded warning marker on posts every 20 m and at points

of direction change along the route.

AIR VALVES

Single Air Release Valve

Air Valves shall be single automatic air valves, PN 16, operation pressure PN 0.1 – 6 bars and 1-16 bars, with body/bonnet of special plastics or Ductile Iron according to EN-GJS-400-18 / EN-JS 1030, or equivalent, according to EN 1563 (GGG400 - DIN1693).

Air and Vacuum Valve

The air and vacuum valve shall be able to automatically exhaust large quantities of air during filling of a pipeline. The valve shall automatically close when water fills the valve and remain closed while the system is pressurized but open automatically to admit air during draining or a negative pressure condition. Safe operation even under high-volume, high-speed venting up to sonic speed;

The valve shall be with a venting orifice no smaller than the nominal valve size.

The float ball shall be spherical and made of stainless steel grade 316.

All Internal parts shall be made of stainless steel grade 316.

Shall be of the triple function type with a flanged inlet to EN 1092-2 PN 16 (or 10) (DIN 28605 / DIN 2501/BS 4504) and shall be suitable and approved for the use with potable water at a nominal working pressure from 1 to 16 bar.

Body and cover shall be of ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18 acc. to EN 1563 (GGG 400 - DIN 1693) and shall be inside and outside epoxy powder coated complying in general with DIN 30677 part 2, coating thickness shall be minimum 250µm, freedom from imperfections shall be tested by high-voltage method.

Orifice and float balls shall be of corrosion free material (stainless steel or plastic), all seals shall be of EPDM or NBR suitable and approved for potable water.

Automatic Air Valve, Single-Chamber Type

The Automatic Air Valve shall combine the operating features of both an air and vacuum valve and an air release valve in one house. The air and vacuum valve portion shall automatically exhaust large quantities of air during the filling of the pipeline and automatically allow air to re-enter the pipeline when the internal pressure of the pipeline approaches a negative value due to column separation, draining of the pipeline, or other emergency. The air release valve portion shall automatically release small amounts of air

Page 163: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

from the pipeline while it is under pressure. Safe operation even under high-volume, high-speed venting up to sonic speed;

The valve shall be with a venting orifice no smaller than the nominal valve size.

The float ball shall be spherical and made of stainless steel grade 316.

All Internal parts shall be made of stainless steel grade 316.

The seat shall be replaceable and made from Buna-N rubber or other suitable elastomer compounds suitable and approved for potable water.

• Single-chamber valve directly operated by the medium;

• Two-orifices venting system with 3 functions (supply and release of air as well as automatic venting during operation);

• Safe operation even under high-volume, high-speed venting up to sonic speed;

With test and purge connection;

• Body and cap made of ductile cast iron EN-JS 1030 (GGG-40);

• Inner parts made of stainless steel grade 316 (DN 50 float made of plastic);

• Seal made of EPDM.

• Equipped with inspection valve.

Corrosion Protection:

Inside and outside with epoxy coating to GSK standards for heavy-duty corrosion protection to DIN 30 677-2, coating thickness >250 µm, colour: RAL 5005 blue

• ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED ISOLATING VALVES

Isolating valves shall be according to EN 593, and shall be suitable for a nominal working

pressure of 16, 25, 40, 50 bars according to the final design performed by the contractor.

Body and disk shall be of ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18 / EN-JS 1030 acc. to EN 1563 (GGG 400 -

DIN 1693) and shall be inside and outside fusion bonded epoxy powder coated with a

minimum coating thickness of 250µm according to EN 14901. Buried valves shall be inside

and outside epoxy powder coated complying in general with DIN 30677 Part 2, coating

thickness shall be minimum 250µm, freedom from imperfections shall be tested by high-

voltage method.

Valves shall be cast iron and shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with

EN 593 and EN 1074-2.

Stems shall be made of Stainless Steel (St 1.4021 / X20Cr13) in accordance to EN 10088 - 3

Page 164: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Body seat, shall be made of stainless steel 304 (minimum 1.4021) (or 316 (minimum 1.4462))

or body seat wear nickel welded overlay, micro finished. Shaft and Internal bolts and pins

shall be made of A2 stainless steel quality minimum or stainless steel 304 (minimum 1.4021)

Endless profile sealing ring and O-rings shall be of EPDM suitable and approved for potable

water.

Sealing ring can be replaced without dismantling the valve.

Isolating valves shall be equipped, if not otherwise requested in the bill of quantity, with

gear box and hand wheel.

Hand wheel spindles shall be vertical. Where the valve spindle is vertical but offset from the

nearest suitable operating position, the offset shall be accommodated by either an enclosed

gearbox or by an intermediate shaft with 2 universal joints. Where the valve spindle is not

vertical, either and enclosed gearbox or an intermediate shaft with constant velocity joints

shall be provided.

All bearings shall be maintenance-free of a self-lubricating or sealed-for-life type suitable for

at least 10,000 operation cycles.

Where required Isolating valves shall be operated by means of electrically driven actuators

with integral reversing starters

Actuators shall be suitable for use with a nominal 415 volt 3 phase 50 Hz power supply and

shall incorporate a motor integral reversing contactor starter local control facilities and

terminals for remote control and indication connections.

The actuator shall be capable of opening or closing the valve or penstock against an

unbalanced head equal to the maximum working pressure.

The safety margin of motor power available for sealing and unsealing the valve or penstock

shall be sufficient to ensure torque switch trip at maximum valve torque with the supply

voltage 10% below nominal. The operating speed shall give valve opening and closing at

approximately 300mm per minute.

The actuator shall be capable of functioning at ambient temperature ranging from -5o to

55oC for twice the valve stroking time at an average load of at least 33% of maximum valve

torque. Where actuators are required for modulating purposes continuously rated motors

shall be provided.

Overload protection shall be provided by a direct sensing thermostat embedded in the

motor windings.

Page 165: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The gearbox shall be of the total enclosed oil bath lubricated or grease filled type suitable for

operation at any angle and provided with appropriate filling and drain plugs. The drive shall

incorporate a lost motion hammer blow feature. The output shaft shall be hollow to accept

a rising stem and incorporate thrust bearings of the ball or roller type. The design shall

permit the gear case to be opened for inspection or disassembled without releasing the

stem thrust or taking the valve out of service.

All operating spindles, gears and headstocks shall be provided with adequate points for

lubrication.

A hand wheel shall be provided for manual operation engaged when the motor is de-

clutched by a lever which shall be padlock able in either position. The drive shall be restored

to power automatically by starting the motor. The hand wheel drive must be mechanically

independent of the motor drive, and any gearing should be such as to permit emergency

manual operation in a reasonable time. Clockwise operation of the hand wheel shall give

closing movement of the valve or penstock. The effort required for manual operation shall

not exceed 250N.

Hand wheels shall be clearly marked with the words "OPEN" and "CLOSE" and arrows in the

appropriate directions. The rims of hand wheels shall have a smooth finish.

The actuator shall be fitted with a drive bushing which is easily detachable for machining to

suit the valve stem or gearbox input shaft. Bushings shall be fitted in the base of the

actuator to enable standard length valve stems to be used.

Transparent PVC covers shall be fitted to protect the threads of rising spindles.

Actuators shall be provided with open and close torque and/or position limit switches as

required by the type of valve or penstock plus two additional limit switches at each end of

travel for remote indication and interlocking. A mechanical latch shall be provided to

prevent the open torque switch tripping while the initial unsealing hammer blow is applied.

Two additional sets of limit switches consisting of 3 switches per set shall be provided. Each

set shall be independently adjustable to any valve or penstock position. Switch contact

ratings on inductive circuits shall be 5 amp. AC up to 440V, 50 watts DC up to 250 volts.

An illuminated mechanical dial indicator shall be provided to show continuous movement

valve position, and the actuator shall incorporate a sealed potentiometer of at least 3 watts

rating for continuous remote position transmission.

The reversing contactor starter and local controls shall be integral with the valve actuator

housed to prevent breathing and condensation build-up. The starter shall be suitable for 60

starts per hour and shall comprise mechanically and electrically interlocked reversing

contactors of approximate rating to the motor size with coils fed from a 120 volt control

transformer of 40VA minimum rating. The common connection of the contactor coils at the

Page 166: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

transformer shall be grounded so that the contactors drop out on the event of leakage to

earth. The primary winding shall be separated from the secondary by a grounded screen

and shall be protected by two easily replaceable cartridge fuses. Secondary windings shall

also be protected by cartridge fuses.

Local controls shall comprise push-button switch for Open, Close and Stop, and a

Local/Off/Remote selector switch padlock able in any one of three positions:

(a) Local control only.

(b) Off/No electrical operation.

(c) Remote Control with local stop.

It shall be impossible to operate both open and close pushbuttons simultaneously. Stop

pushbuttons shall be mushroom headed "Stay-put" type.

Each actuator shall incorporate the following:

(a) Easily replaceable phase discriminator to prevent starting with an incorrect phase

rotation or dead phase.

(b) Plug-in interposing relays with dust covers for Open/Close/Stop control from a

specified remote DC supply.

(c) Plug-in instantaneous reversal monitor relay with normally open contacts and having

its coil energised from the control transformer only when the Local/Off/Remote

switch is in the remote position to show that the actuator is electrically operable by

remote control.

Internal wiring shall be of a tropical grade PVC insulated stranded cable of 5 amp. Minimum

rating for control circuits and appropriate size for the motor 3 phase power. Each wire shall

be clearly number identified at each end. The terminal compartment shall include a

moulded "transfer back" terminal block of the stud type the 3 phase power terminals being

segregated by a separate insulating cover. The terminal compartment shall include a double

O-ring seal to provide a watertight barrier to the electrical enclosure so that electrical

components are protected from moisture ingress while the terminal cover is removed.

The actuator enclosure shall be watertight to NEMA 6, IEC 144-IP67 and where specified

shall be explosion-proof to Division 1, Class II and II, BS 229 or other approved equivalent

standard.

The actuator starters shall be integrally housed with the actuator in robustly constructed

totally enclosed weatherproof housings. The motor starters shall be capable of starting the

motors under the most severe conditions.

Page 167: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The starter housing shall be fitted with internal heaters so as to provide protection against

damage due to condensation. Heaters shall be suitable for single phase operation. The

heaters shall be switched "on" when the actuator is stopped and shall be switched "off"

when the actuator is running.

Horizontal Centrifugal Pumping Units

A. Horizontal Pump(END SUCTION)

Description

Pumping machinery should be supplied having standard ISO-9906 grade 1B for

accepted tolerance of flow rate ,power,and effeceincy. pump type and material should

be clearly mentioned, The performance curves showing the efficiency and

characteristics of the pump .

Compliance sheet should be rightly filled for each and every quoted pump whereas its

performance tested and certified as per ISO standards requirements.

Unless otherwise spicfied, the pump shall be centrifugal multistage type and shall be

well proven in design, reliable, heavy duty and well finished material. Pump set shall

be supplied with robust construction skid with foundation bolts , high and low

pressure gauages,air release valve, flexable coupling.

The pump shall be free from unacceptable noise. The limiting sound pressure level of

the pump-set with the motor coupled up at the pump closed valve head shall not

exceed 85 dBA according to operating standards,with carefully balanced rotaing parts

to prevent undue vibration.

The pump shall have stable characteristic performance over the entire head range

mentioned. The pump shall be designed for the BEST EFFICIENCY at duty point that

required at bill of quantity and compatible to various point along the system .(No flat

curve is accepted)

Design and construction of various components of the pumps shall comply to the

following general specification:

1. Pump Stage Casing and diffuser: The casting of casing shall be cast

iron free from blowholes and other defects. The pump casing shall be

flanged with machine matching faces. The bowls shall be capable of

withstanding a hydrostatic pressure equal to twice the pressure at rated

capacity or 1.5 times the shut-off head whichever is greater.

2. Pump impellers: The impeller shall be designed to withstand all

possible stresses , properly balanced and machine groved with water

passage for minimum efficiency loss

Page 168: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

3. Renewable wear ring:must be fitted to the casing to maintain good

efficiency while operation in different water quality conditions.

4. Pump shaft: The critical shaft speed shall be well away from the

operating speed and in no case less than 130% of the rated speed to

avoid resonanace .

5. Pump coupling:The pump and motor shafts shall be connected with

an adequately sized flexiable coupling (Flender Type)or equivelent of

proven design with rubber spacer to facilitate dismantling of the pump

without disturbing the motor. Necessary coupling guards shall also be

provided.

6. Shaft sleeve: The pump shaft shall be protected from wear by

renewable stainless steel sleeves.

7. Pump casing guide bearing: shall be of approved abrasion-resistant

materials.

8. Bearings:

a. Heavy duty bearings Ball and Roller Type shall be sealed,

grease Lubricated and protected from the ingress of dust and

water, These bearing shall conform to the relevant BS, ISO,

API or other equivalent standard and shall be readily

obtainable and trouble free operation shall be furnished

b. The bearings offered shall be capable of taking both the radial

and axial thrust coming into play durin operation.

c. Bearing shall be easily accessible without disturbing the pump

assembly. A drain plug shall be provided at the bottom of each

bearings house

d. The bearing life 25000 hrs with continuous operation and rated

conditions and at least 16000 hours at maximum loads and

speed.

e. For each pump, Proper lubricating grease for the bearing shall

be provided by manufacturere enough to complete at least

16000 working hrs. the bearing lubricating element does not

contaminate the liquid pumped.

f. Extra bearing kit must be provided for each pump set (Pump

and motor) with lubricating grease.

Page 169: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

g. For monitoring and protection purposes, each pump bearing

shall be provided with a linear resistance PT (100) thermal

protection sensor .

9. Stuffing Boxes: Stuffing box design should permit replacement of

packing without removing and parts other than the gland. Stuffing

boxes of ring construction type shall be provided wherever specified.

Packing ring stuffing boxes shall be properly lubricated and sealed as

per service requirement and manufacturer's standards.

10. Base Plate (Skid):A common base plate mounting both pump and motor

shall be provided. The base plate shall be fabricated steel and of rigid

construction, suitably ribbed and reinforced. Base plate and pump

supports shall be so constructed to minimize misalignment caused by

mechanical forces such as normal piping thrust, internal differential

thermal expansion and hydraulic piping thrust. suitable drain troughs and

drip lip shall be provided. the supplier shall give complete details for the

foundation set on which the pumping set will be mounted.

11. Assembly and Dismantling: Assembly and dismantling of each pump

with drive motor shall be possible without disturbing the grouting base

plate or alignment.

12. Pump Efficiency:

12.1- More than 80% if power absorbed by pump at duty point is

equal or higher than 200 KW.

12.2- More than 77% if power absorbed by pump at duty point is in

the range of (150 – 200) KW.

12.3- More than 70 % if power absorbed by pump at duty point is in

the range of (40 – 150) KW.

12.4- Closest to 70 % if power absorbed by pump at duty point is less

than 40 KW.

13. The pumps speed as required in BOQ or at motor specs.

14. All bolts, nuts, studs, screws, washers etc. shall be made of galvanized or

stainless steel.

15. Lables and plates non-corrodible metal and rating plates shall be

securely screwed or riveted to each pump, motor casing and foundation,

These shall be stamped or deeply engraved in such a way that the

lettering will not be obliterated Rating plates shall include all

information required by ISO 9906 or other equvilent in addition to the

Page 170: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

pump make,Output at normal duty speed, serial number, pumpimpeller

size, head and efficiency, rated speed, power and current, operation

voltage, IP, class of insulation.

16. Pressure gauges: Bourdon tube type suction and delivery pressure gauge

of suitable range and graduated in both KPa and metres head of water

shall be provided. the scale of suction and delivery pressure gauge shall

be from -10 to +10 at the suction and from 0 to 400 m at discharge end.

The gauge complete with isolating valve shall be mounted at the pump

suction and delevery.

17. Testing For Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps: Themanufacturer shall

conduct all tests required by international third party to ensure that the

equipment furnished shall conform to the required specification and

compliance with the requirement of applicable codes and

Standards.original test certificates and performance curves have to be

submitted whithin hand over.

a. Hydrostatic Tests: All pressure parts shall be hydraulic tested at 200%

of pump rated head or at 150 % of shut off head whichever is higher.

b. Performance Tests: All the pumps shall be tested in Manufactur's

Works at reated speed for capacity, head, efficiency and break horse

power. Pumps shall be given running test over the entire operating range

covering from the shut off head to maximum flow. Testing of pumps

shall be in according to DIN EN ISO 9906:2012 Gr. 1B.A certified

factory performance test should be attached. The bidder shall submit

along with his offer or on the date of signing of agreement the original

copies in English and the relevant standards used in the material,

production test certificates,originial curves Shall be provided.

c. The test shall be preferably conducted with actual motor being furnished.

18. Mechanical Balancing : All Rotating components of the pumps shall be

staticslly balanced . In addition to static balancing, rotating components

of the pumps shall be balanced dynamically at or near the operating

speed.

Page 171: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

B. Electrical Motor

Description

The Motor shall be manufactured in compliance with National Electrical

Manufacturer Association (NEMA) standards required three-phase motor shall be

capable of operating at rated voltage of 400 Volts at 50 Hz. The motor should be

capable of handling 10% variance in voltage and service factor 1.15. Winding of the

motor shall rewind-able type with class-IC40 insulation and IP55 protection class.

The origin, make and material of the motor should be clearly mentioned in the

technical data complience sheet. The winding material should be copper with

Insulation class F, Insulation material quality is defined by IEC 34-1 Standards in

distinct insulation classes. The motor should have non-disposable/ non-hermetically

sealed winding. The insulation class of the winding material should be mentioned. For

each model quoted, all the technical parameters such as rated voltage, Power factor,

efficiency, full load ampere, speed and other similar parameters should be provided in

the technical data sheet.

Driving motor should an electric squirrel cage type, totally enclosed fan cooled

(T.E.F.C.) , horizontal foot mounted, construction type B3 according to DIN 42950,

and shall be protected against harmful deposites of dust and water protected in

accordance with ingress standard IP55.

• shall be fitted with greaspable ball bearing.

• Each motor bearing shall be provided with temperature detector

(PT100).

• The electric motor shall be provided with a terminal conduit box of

adequate size for the supply cables.

• The electric motor shall be continuously rated (115) % above the

maximum power absorbed by the pump at duty point.

• The electrical motor shall be provided with inside resistance temp.

demand (RTD) embeded in motor winding.

• The electric motor Efficiency and PF shall not be less than 0.85

• Year of manufacure should be not more than 1 Year.

• Motor should adapt taking off on all starting methods(dol., auto trans

,soft starter, variable speed.

• Operating and maintenance instruction - one copies shall be deliverd

Page 172: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

13. Material of construction

14.

15. The pump shall be manufactured from the following materials:-

Stage Casing

Diffusers

Pump Bearing House,

Suction casing

High quality Grey or Ductil Cast Iron

EN 1561 EN-GJL-250(GG25)

EN-GLS-400-15(GGG40) 1)

High quality Grey or Ductil Cast Iron

Discharge casing

High quality Grey Cast Iron to BS EN 1561

EN-GJL-250(GG25)

EN-GLS-400-15(GGG40) 1)

Impeller wear rings X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 ( 1.4462 ), AISI 316 ro as

Impeller Material

Casing wear rings X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 ( 1.4462 ), AISI 316 or

Bronze

Impellers G-CuSn10 (CC480K), or Stainless Steel 316,

316L

Pump shaft 1.4401 (AISI 316 ),316L, or Duplex Stainless

Steel

Shaft Sleeves EN X20Cr13 (AISI 420), or higher

bolts, nuts, studs, screws, washers etc EN X20Cr13 (AISI 420),or galvanized steel

1) At discharge pressure ≥ 40 bar Discharge Casing standard of EN-GJS-400-15 (GGG40)

Page 173: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Horizontal Centrifugal Pump Details

Pump No as in (BOQ):-

Pump Type

Capacity (M3/hr)

Head (m)

N.P.S.H. (m)

Diameter of Impeller (mm)

Pump Casing Wall Thickness (mm)

Max. permissible Diameter of Impeller (mm)

Efficiency of pump at duty point (%)

Pump Power at Duty Point (Kw)

Impeller Material

Shaft Material

Casing Material

Sleeves Material

Impeller wear ring material

Casing wear ring material

Motor Type

Motor Power (Kw)

Nominal Voltage ( V )

Nominal Current ( A )

Power Factor

Pump Bearing Thermal Sensors Type

Motor Bearing Thermal Sensors Type

Motor Winiding Therma Protection Type

Speed (RPM)

Motor Insulation class (IP)

Lubricant Type

Pumps Brand & Country of Origin

Motor Brand & Country of Origin

Year of Manufacturing

Delivery Date

1) NOTES:

Page 174: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

This specification sheet must be completely filled - in by the bidder and submitted

With the offer,otherwise offer will be terminated.

Page 175: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

NEEDLE VALVE (PLUNGER)

General

• All valves shall have flanged ends design both sides acc. to EN 1092-2, ISO

7005/2

Control valve in straightway type.

• All valves shall be customized with control device depending on operating

conditions (With electric actuator)

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with low actuating torque due

to pressure balanced valve piston

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with rotationally symmetrical

flow guidance

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with annular flow cross section

in each position

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with axial movement of the

plunger by means of crank gear mechanism

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with self-locking worm gear

unit including position indicator

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with No blocking due to long

piston guide rails

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with Elastic profile sealing ring

located in the no-flow zone for high durability

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with Wear-resistant, corrosion-

resistant and infiltration-proof piston guides in the body by micro-finished

bronze weld overlay

• All valves shall be manufactured and designed with Piston sealed by Quad

Ring

• The valve must be submitted with the following accessories:

1) Gaskets

2) Bolts

Potable Water Certification

All valves and its coating materials shall be certified for potable water use and shall

contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are considered to

be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health, All material in contact with or likely to

come into contact with water for public shall introduced with the requirements of

Jordanian standard (JS 286) Whenever regulation changed it is the supplier

/contractor responsibility to ensure conformity with any new requirements. Whenever

Page 176: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

potable water certificate is submitted for the coating material not the valve, the

supplier shall furnish a document that relates this certificate with the valve itself.

All valves shall be certified as safe for transporting potable water by an independent

testing laboratory.

Toxic Materials

All valves, coating, sealing and lining material shall be certified for potable water use

and shall contain no ingredients that may migrate into water in amounts that are

considered to be toxic or otherwise dangerous for health. The Contractor is prohibited

to import or to use any of toxic or poisonous materials or sub materials used in piping,

kinds of concrete or in soil in any kind of usage.

Third Party Witness

General

The supplier/contractor shall furnish an original certificate from the third party

inspection agency showing all test results and analysis required by the applicable

standard according to which the materials have been manufactured. The third party

inspection agency shall under this contract, have witnessed the manufacture and

testing operation to verify compliance with the technical specifications and the

relevant standard. All certification should be from a certified third party from the

applied standard (American Standard) and approved by Miyahuna, and the

certification should be valid up to date and it should be written in English, and it must

be shown in the certificate which batch is being tested to make sure that this

certificate is for the right batch.

Testing

The media of the test shall be water.

Pre-shipment test:

The supplier shall conduct on his expense the entire listed down test prior of shipping

the valves.

1- Performance test. Prior to shipment, valves and pilot systems shall be factory tested

to demonstrate the ability to fully stroke from close to open and then from the open to

close position.

2- Seat leakage test. Valves shall be shop tested for seat leakage for duration of 2

minutes. There shall be no indication of leakage past the valve seat during this test

period. The test pressure shall be either the hydrostatic pressure equivalent to working

pressure. The test pressure shall be applied to the seat in the fluid flow direction.

3- Valve body hydrostatic test. Valve bodies and cover cavities shall be subjected to

an internal hydrostatic pressure equivalent to 1.5 times the rated pressure, during the

hydrostatic test, there shall be no leakage through the valve body, the end joints, or

the stem seals, nor shall any part of the valve have any permanent visible deformation

as a result of this test. The test duration shall be 2 minutes.

Page 177: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The manufacturer shall provide a certified statement that proof-of-design tests were

performed as described in the standard and all requirements were successfully met.

Valves

No valve shall be accepted unless all type and batch release tests have been passed.

The contractor also is required to submit quality assurance certificates, standard

compliance and witness test certificate, from third party from the applied standard

(American Standard) and approved by Miyahuna, that the components of the network

must not be of any way toxic to the water being conveyed. And can be fully used for

the distribution of potable water to a temperature up to 50° C.

Before dispatching the supplies another visual inspection shall be done in respect of

proper packing and to certify the Bill of Lading for each shipment.

Testing at Place of Manufacture

The Contractor shall submit a certificate from the manufacturer certifying that all the

items have been mill tested (at the manufactory) and those they have successfully

passed the relative tests prescribed by the relative standards specifications.

NOTE:

ALL COST TESTS BEFORE AND AFTER THIS ITEM AND WETHER LOCAL OR ABROAD SHALL BE

BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE TENDER UNIT

RATES.

valves packaging

• All valves must be packed in such a way to allow instant use on site without additional

cleaning.

• All valves shall be securely packed in crates and boxes to prevent damage during

delivery. The cost of packing shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates and

crates will not be returned.

• Valves are normally supplied in separate cartons together with any associated small

items, such as bolts and gaskets.

Identification

The supplier shall be responsible to ensure that each separate item, crate, or package has

permanently attached to it, in a conspicuous position, an identification plate of weather -

resistant material on which are engraved or stamped;

• The Manufacturers Name

• Contents Description and Quantity

• Serial Number or Reference Number Identifiable on the Delivery Note and Cross

Referenced to the Purchase Order Item References.

• Weight

The shipment containers shall be marked with the following address;

Page 178: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Jordan Water Co. – MIYAHUNA L.L.C.

Tender Number – variable

In addition the container shall be marked with the following information;

• Total gross weight

• Total net weight

• Packing list reference number

Documents to be provided at Time of Tender

1. Potable water certificate from Third Party NSF 61

2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide detailed repair manuals for the gate valves supplied;

3. Quality assurance certificate (ISO 9001).

4. Upon request, the Contractor has to provide test certificates from the manufacturer’s

internal quality control.

5. The supplier/ contractor shall supply full technical specifications and catalogues for the

items to be supplied at the time of tender.

Documents to be provided upon delivery

The contractor shall submit at least the following documents:

1. Certificate of origin.

2. Packing list

3. Third Party certificates (Affidavit of Compliance)

4. Warranty.

5- Installation and maintenance manual

6. Any other documents requested by the Engineer and the hand over committee

All above documents must be valid and in English.

Marking

Markings shall include size, working pressure, name of manufacturer, and year of

manufacture and model number or serial number.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Material

Table 3:

Part Name Material

body Ductileiron shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A395 or ASTM A536.

Piston guide rails overlay welded cast, forged or rolled bronze grade B, C, D or E

Page 179: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Part Name Material

O-Ring NBR

Shaft

Stainless steel 1.4021, AISI 420ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Piston and Rod Stainless steel ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Valve sealing: NBR

Shutter Fork Seal Ring Body Seat

Stainless steelASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Bolts: Stainless steel ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Bearing bush cast, forged or rolled bronze grade B, C, D or E

Eye bolts for lifting:

Stainless steel A4 (DIN EN ISO 3506) ASTM A240, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A276, UNS Designation S30400 or S31600, ASTM A743, grade CF8 or CF-8M, or ASTM A564, UNS Designation S17400

Design

Needle Valve (Plunger) shall be flanged design on request according to EN 1092-1 for the

Steel flanges, and in accordance with EN1092-2 cast carbon steel for pressure range (10-25)

bar.

ROTATION OF OPENING: All valves shall open by turning to the left or counter clockwise,

when viewed from the stem.

Coating

All iron components of the valve shall be coated (internal and external ) with a minimum

250µm fusion bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550 and shall be ANSI/NSF

61 and NSF 372 certified, the coating shall be non-toxic and impart no taste to water.

VALVE ACTUATOR

Electric valve actuators shall conform to AWWA Standard C540, insofar as applicable and as

herein specified.

Actuators shall be O-ring sealed, watertight to standard NEMA 4X/6, submersion to 6 feet

for 30 minutes. Actuators shall be operated on 400 Volt, 50 Hertz, 3 phase power supply.

Actuators shall be configured as required to provide for quarter turn valve actuation, and

shall be coupled with gearboxes as required to obtain the speed and operating torque as

required for the valve it controls. Valve stroke time shall be three minutes.

Page 180: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

1) The valve manufacturer shall supply, mount and test actuators on the valves at the

factory. The valves and their individual actuators shall be shipped as a unit.

2) Actuators shall be capable of moving the valve from the full open to full close

position and in reverse and holding the valve at any position part way between full

open or closed.

3) Actuators shall be capable of being removed from the valve without dismantling the

valve or removing the valve from the line.

4) Gear actuators for quarter turn valves shall be of the helical or helical worm gear

type with machine cut steel gearing designed for smooth operation. Bearings shall

be permanently lubricated, with bronze bearing bushings provided to take thrusts

and mechanical shaft seals to contain lubricants. Housings shall be sealed to exclude

moisture and dirt, allow the reduction mechanisms to operate in lubricant and be

constructed of cast iron, ASTM A126, Grade B, or of ductile iron, ASTM A536. Gear

actuators shall adjustable stops. Position indication and direction of opening arrows

shall be embossed, stamped, engraved, etched or raised castings. Decals or painted

indications shall not be allowed.

5) Operators utilizing multiple reduction power gearing shall consist of spur, helical, or

bevel gearing and worm of hardened alloy steel, and the worm gear shall be alloy

bronze. Operators utilizing single-stage reduction shall be single-stage worm gear

totally enclosed in a fully lubricated gear case, with filling and drain plugs. Non-

metallic, aluminum, or cast gearing shall not be allowed. The output shaft shall

incorporate thrust bearings of the ball or roller type at the base of the actuator.

6) An operating wheel shall be provided for manual and/or emergency operation,

engaged when the motor is declutched by a lever or similar means, the drive being

restored to power automatically by starting the motor. The operating wheel drive

must be mechanically independent of the motor drive, and any gearing shall be such

as to permit emergency manual operation, using a 40 pound force in a reasonable

time. Clockwise operation of the hand wheel shall give closing movement of the

valve unless otherwise stated.

7) Continuous mechanical dial indication of valve and position shall be provided. The

mechanical dial position indicator shall be in step with the actuator at all times in

both the hand wheel and motor operation. For modulating applications, the

mechanical dial position indicator shall include graduations of 0-100 percent scale.

8) Actuators shall have separately sealed motor and control compartments. Operators

shall have space heaters in their limit switch, motor, and control compartments.

9) Electric operators arranged for modulating control and/or for intermediate

open/close positioning shall provide Open and Close control in response to a 4-20

mADC remote signal, utilizing a completely solid state modulating control.

a) The operator shall utilize a 400 VAC, 3 Phase, 50 Hertz reversing motor controlled

by a solid state reversing starter to position the valve. Overshoot of the operator

shall be controlled by pulsing the motor once the valve position approaches the

Page 181: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

desired position to decelerate the motor speed. The motor shall be sized by the

actuator manufacturer to provide the required output torque for the service

intended. The motor shall have Class F insulation, with a duty rating of at least 15

minutes at 40 degrees C ambient temperature. The motor shall be specifically

designed and built by the actuator manufacturer for electric actuator service.

Commercially available motors shall not be acceptable. The actuator shall

include a device to ensure that the motor runs with the correct rotation for the

required direction of valve travel regardless of the connection sequence of the

power supply.

b) The motor operated valve controller shall include the motor, operator unit

gearing, limit switch gearing, limit switches, control power transformer, position

transmitter (when required), torque switches, bored and key-wayed drive sleeve

for non-rising stem valves, declutch lever and auxiliary hand wheel as a self-

contained unit. Valve contacts shall be capable of handling the current equivalent

of a NEMA 1 size starter.

c) Reversing starters shall be integral with the actuator, and shall be solid-state

starters for modulating service.

d) Limit switches and gearing shall be an integral part of the valve control. The limit

switch gearing shall be made of bronze or stainless steel and shall be fully

lubricated, intermittent type and totally enclosed to prevent dirt and foreign

matter from entering the gear train. Limit switches shall be of the adjustable type

capable of being adjusted to trip at any point between fully opened valve and fully

closed valve. Limit and torque switches shall be provided for stopping valve in

both directions. Mid-travel switches shall be provided as required. Set position

shall not be lost if over travel occurs in either manual or electric modes of

operation.

e) A 4 to 20 mA DC analogue transmitter shall be provided to indicate valve position

throughout its entire range of travel. The transmitter shall be contact-less with an

internally fed signal proportional to valve position. The signal shall be selectable

over the entire range of valve travel, from minimum 4 mA representing fully

closed position to 20 mA representing the fully open position, and with automatic

zero and span setting. The maximum connected external loop resistance shall not

exceed 500 ohms. Potentiometric or slide wire type signal transmitters will not be

acceptable. Repeatability shall be within plus or minus one percent and linearity

plus or minus 2.5 percent for total valve travel.

f) Each valve controller shall be provided with a minimum of two limit switch

functions, one for opening and one for closing. Each limit switch shall have two

normally open and two normally closed contacts. Gear limit switches must be

geared to driving mechanism and in step at all times whether in motor or manual

operation. Provision shall be made for two extra sets of limit switches as

described above, each to have two normally open and two normally closed

Page 182: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

contacts. Each valve controller shall be equipped with a double torque switch. The

torque switch shall be adjustable and shall be responsive to load encountered in

either direction of travel. The limit and torque switch contacts shall be silver inlay

type.

g) Each actuator shall include monitor relays to remotely indicate fault signal for

indication of power failure, phase failure, thermal switch tripped, torque switch

tripped between travel stops and Local-Off-Remote selector switch position.

h) When in Remote, the controller shall compare the incoming 4-20 mA DC signal

from an external source with an integral position feedback signal generated by a

position feedback source connected to the valve stem drive, and shall drive the

operator to match these signals. The controller shall have an adjustable dead

band to determine the difference between the reference signal and position signal

at which the operator will readjust position. The controller shall output a 4-20

mADC signal to an external source for remote position indication.

i) The controller shall incorporate adjustments for span, zero, gain, and dead band.

Power supply shall be 400 Volts, 3 Phase, 50 Hz. A control power transformer for

230 Volt, single phase control power shall be provided.

j) A Local-Off-Remote selector switch and an Open-Stop-Close pushbutton selector

shall be provided as an integral part of the controls.

k) Provide a normally open dry contact for remote indication that the Local-Off-

Remote is in the "Remote" position.

10) The operator shall be equipped with open-stop-close push-buttons, a local-off-

remote selector switch and indicating lights all mounted on the operator. Furnish a

remote control station for each valve suitable for mounting remotely from the

actuator. The remote mount control station shall include a Local - Off - Remote

selector switch, an Open - Close or Open - Stop - Close pushbuttons (as detailed) and

Open - Close indicating lights. Control station operators shall be heavy duty devices

mounted in a cast iron, cast aluminium, or stainless steel NEMA 4 enclosure suitable

for wall mounting. The Local - Off - Remote selector switch shall have auxiliary

contacts for remote indication of switch position. The Local - Off - Remote selector

switch shall have provisions for padlocking in the off position

11) Wiring and Terminals

a) Internal wiring shall be of tropical grade PVC insulated stranded cable of 5 amp

minimum rating for control circuits and of appropriate size for the motor 3 phase

power. Each wire shall be clearly identified at each end.

b) The terminals shall be of the stud type embedded in a terminal block of high

tracking-resistance compound. The 3-phase power terminals shall be shrouded

from the control terminals by means of an insulating cover.

c) The terminal compartment shall be separated from the inner electrical

components of the actuator by means of a watertight seal. The terminal

compartment of the actuator shall be provided with three threaded cable entries.

Page 183: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

12) Each actuator shall be provided with a commissioning kit consisting of a wiring

diagram and installation and operation manual. A separate wiring diagram shall be

provided inside the terminal cover. No special tools, devices or parts shall be

required for commissioning.

13) The flow control valve communication shall be hart or modbus or equivalent

protocols.

Drainage Submersible pump

Single phase with float switch Drainage Submersible pump should be suitable for

draining dirty, sewage and effluent water, and water mixed with putrid mud.

Specification

• Flow rate : (10-70) m3/h, at Head : (25-7) m

• Liquid temperature (0- 40) °C

• Power Cable: 10 meters long “H07 RN-F” cable

• Single phase pump with Float Switch.

• Conforms to the standards: EN 60335-1, IEC 60335-1, CEI 61-150, EN 60034-1, IEC 60034-1, CEI 2-3

• Certifications: ISO 9001: Quality, ISO 14001: Environment.

• Electric Motor: three-phase 400 V - 50 Hz, with thermal overload protector

corporate into the winding, Insulation class (F), IP 68.

• Mechanical Seal: Double Mechanical Seal

• Material:

No. Component Material

1 Pump Body Cast iron with an Epoxy Electro Coating treatment.

2 Base Stainless steel AISI 304.

3 Impeller VORTEX type, Stainless steel AISI 304.

4 Motor Casing Stainless steel AISI 304

5 Motor Casing

Plate Stainless steel AISI 304

6 Motor Shaft Stainless steel AISI 431

7 Mechanical

Seal

Double Mechanical

Seal

Motor side Ceramic Graphite NBR

Pump side

Silicon carbide

Silicon carbide

NBR

Page 184: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

• Including the supply of a gate valve, non- return valve, and a steel pipeline

with all adapters and fittings to the nearest drainage point, with the same

diameter of the pump discharge size, and proportional to the pressure of the

pump.

Page 185: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

PRESSURE TESTING

• HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING OF DI

PIPES

After completing the installation of a water main, or a section of the line, and before the

joints are covered, a hydrostatic test of the line shall be made by the Contractor. A sufficient

time for the curing of concrete thrust blocks must be allowed before the test is made. All

backfilling and compaction over and around the pipes and thrust blocks must be completed

except for the pipe joints to be left open for observation of any leaks, before the test is

made.

In accordance with EN 805, pipelines have to undergo an internal pressure test. The

definitive criteria for performing this test on water pipelines are EN 805 and the DVGW’s

worksheet W 400-2.

Test sections

If necessary, longer pipelines should be divided into sections. The test sections should be

arranged so that the

• test pressure is reached at the lowest point of every test section;

• at the highest of point of each test section at least 1.1 times the level of the

system test pressure is reached;

• the amount of water required for the pressure test can be supplied and

drained off; and

• the maximum length to be tested does not exceed 2.5 – 3 km.

The pipeline should be vented as well as possible with ‘pigs’ and filled

from its lowest point with drinking water. Backfilling and interlocking

If necessary, pipes must be covered with filling material before the pressure test to avoid any

changes in length. Backfilling the connections are optional. Pipelines that are not

longitudinally force-locked must be anchored at their ends, bends, branches and reducers

against the forces produced by the internal pressure. Assessment of the supports needed for

this purpose should be done as per specifications.

There is no need for supports on longitudinally force-locked systems, provided that in each

case the lengths to be restrained have been installed in compliance with the specifications.

Squeezing against a closed shut-off valve serves no purpose. The temperature on the outer

wall of the pipe should be kept as steady as possible and must not exceed 20°C.

Filling of the Pipeline

For drinking water pipes, initial disinfection should be carried out along with the pressure

test. This requires a concentration of at least 50 mg of chlorine per litre of water.

Depending on how dirty the pipeline is, the level of chlorine can be increased to 150 mg per

litre of water. The relationship of the volume of water added to the increase in pressure can

give a clue to any leaks or insufficient venting. As the pressure increases, the rate of water

consumption should therefore be noted bar by bar.

Page 186: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Where a line has been laid and is vented properly, the amount of water that needs to be

pumped per bar of increased pressure is almost constant. Taking into account the

compressibility of water and the elastic property of the pipe, it is (theoretically) c. 50 ml/m³

pipeline content/bar. In practice, this figure is around 1.5 to 2 times higher, as trapped air in

the fittings and pipe and fitting connections has to be compressed.

The table indicates the amounts of water required in liters per 1 bar of increased pressure

for pipeline lengths of 100 up to 1,000 m, assuming a 100% extra allowance for trapped air.

Performing a pressure test

The following procedure for carrying out a pressure test on ductile cast iron pipes is

described in DVGW worksheet W 400-2:

▪ Standard method (for all DNs, with and without CM lining)

▪ Shortened method procedure (up to DN 600, with CM lining)

Page 187: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

We describe below the two most frequently used methods: the standard method and

the shortened procedure.

The level of test pressure in both procedures is as follows:

▪ For pipelines with allowable operating pressure of up to 10 bar:

1.5 x nominal pressure

▪ For pipelines with allowable operating pressure of over 10 bar: Nominal

pressure + 5 bar.

The standard methodfor DI pipes

The standard method is carried out in three stages:

▪ Preliminary test

▪ Pressure loss test

▪ Main test

Preliminary Test

The purpose of the preliminary test is to saturate the Cement Mortar (CM) lining and to

stretch the pipeline. To do this, the test pressure is kept constant for a period of 24 hours

by permanently pumping in more air as and when required. If any leaks are found or any

changes in length occur beyond what is allowed, then the pressure must be released from

the pipeline and the cause remedied.

Pressure loss test

The purpose of the pressure loss test is to establish freedom of air movement in the

pipeline. Air pockets in the pipeline can lead to incorrect measurements and/or cover up

small leaks.

A sufficient volume of water (ΔV) is drawn off from the line until a drop in pressure (Δp) of

at least 0.5 bar materialises. The volume of water (ΔV) drawn off is then measured. The test

pressure is subsequently restored.

The pipeline is deemed to be adequately vented if ΔV is not greater than the allowable

change in volume (ΔVzul ). If this is not the case, the line must be vented again.

ΔVzul is calculated as follows:

ΔVzul = 1.5 x a x Δp x L

ΔVzul = allowable change in volume [cm³]

Δp = measured drop in pressure [bar]

L = length of the tested section [m]

a = pressure constants that distinguish the type of pipe [cm³/(bar x m)]

➔ see following table

Page 188: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Main Test

Following the pressure loss test, the main test is then carried out. The duration of the test is

as follows:

Up to DN 400 3 h

DN 500 up to DN 700 12 h

over DN 700 24 h

The test criteria are deemed to have been met if at the end of the test the drop in pressure

is not greater than specified below:

Nominal Pressure Test P ressure Max. Pressure loss.

10 15 bar 0.1 bar

16 21 bar 0.15 bar

over 16 PN + 5 bar 0.2 bar

Test Report

A test report should be produced. Templates for test reports are included in DVGW

worksheet W 400-2. These contain the necessary details such as:

▪ Description of the line

▪ Test details

▪ Description of the test procedure

▪ Findings during the test

▪ Check note

The shortened standard method for DI pipes

The advantage of the shortened standard method is largely one of enormous savings in time.

The time required is approx. just 1.5 hours

The shortened standard method is carried out in three stages:

▪ Saturation stage

▪ Pressure loss test

▪ Leak test

Saturation level

In order to achieve a high level of saturation, the test pressure is kept constant for half an

hour by permanently pumping water. The key factor for saturation is first and foremost the

level of test pressure. Unduly low pressure cannot be compensated for by prolonging the

saturation level.

Pressure loss test

The purpose of the pressure loss test is to establish freedom of air movement in the

pipeline. Air pockets in the pipeline can lead to incorrect measurements and/or cover up

small leaks.

At test pressure, a volume of water (ΔV) is drawn off from the pipeline. The resultant drop

in pressure (Δp) is measured. In the subsequent leak test this becomes the allowable

pressure loss (Δpzul). Following the pressure loss test, the test pressure is restored.

ΔVzul is calculated as follow:

ΔVzul = (DN x L) / (100 x k)

ΔVzul = allowable change in volume [cm³]

L = length of the tested section [m]

100 x k = proportionality factor, k = 1 m/cm³

Page 189: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The pipeline is deemed to be adequately vented if when drawing off the volume of water

ΔVzul, the drop in pressure is greater than or equal to the minimum levels specified for Δp

specified in the table below.

Leak test

The pipeline is deemed to be air-tight if the fall in pressure (Δp) goes down at a constant

rate over equal periods of time and over the duration of the leak test does not exceed the

level ascertained (Δpzul) in the pressure loss test. The duration of the test is one hour.

Test Report

A test report should be produced. Templates for test reports are included in DVGW

worksheet W 400-2. These contain the necessary details such as:

▪ Description of the line

▪ Test details

▪ Description of the test procedure

▪ Findings during the test

▪ Check note

Stop Ends

A simple TEST END (Test facility) consists of a standard FG flanged-spigot pipe made of DI

according to standard length for each diameter (about 0.5-1.0m long) onto which a threaded

flange with a 2” (DN50) opening for accommodating ingoing water and out coming air.

The TEST END may also include an opening through which the test water may be pumped

from the line, if necessary. The test end shall be jointed to the pipe to be tested by means of

a standard coupling (e.g. VJ Coupling) or two spare flanges.

Page 190: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

The Test End shall be secured with a temporary anchorage to hold it in place against the test

pressure.

Air Removal before Test

Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. After all the air has

been expelled, all stop cocks shall be closed and the test pressure applied as specified above.

The line shall be filled slowly to prevent possible water hammer.

Examination during Test

All exposed pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants and joints shall be carefully examined during the

pressure test. All joints showing leaks shall be rejoined until tight, or the pipe material

replaced.

Any defective pipes or joints, fittings or valves discovered as a result of this pressure test

shall be repaired or removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own expense with

sound material and the test shall be repeated until proved satisfactory to the Engineer’s

Representative.

Cost of Testing

The Contractor shall provide a sufficient quantity of gauges, pumps, stop ends, and

connections and all things necessary and suitable for the testing of all pipes as described

herein. The Contractor shall also provide all necessary temporary works in connection with

test, and shall remove the same on successful completion of the test.

All tests shall be done in the presence of the Engineer’s Representative (Resident Engineer)

and the results of such tests shall be elaborated in a test report and signed by the

Contractor and Resident Engineer and handed over to the Resident Engineer. Payment

according to schedule for pipe laying is based on such reports.

All equipment, labour, materials, and water necessary for the carrying out of these tests to

the complete satisfaction of the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor at his own

expense. Shall any test fail, the Contractor shall, after repairing and making good any leaks,

carry out further tests all as described above until such test meets the requirements

contained herein. All such tests and retests shall be at the expense of the Contractor.

• PRESSURE TEST OF HDPE PIPES

Pressure inspection in accordance with the contraction method

The test procedure shall be carried out according to EN805:2000 in up to three steps:

▪ preliminary test;

▪ pressure drop test;

▪ main pressure test;

Preliminary test HDPE Pipes

The pipeline shall be divided into practicable test sections, completely filled with water and

vented. After that the pressure shall be raised continuously and quickly (in less than 10

minutes) to the system test pressure (STP) at the lowest point shell be fixed at 16

bars.

Page 191: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

Maintain STP for a period of 30 minutes by pumping continuously or at short intervals.

During this time carry out an inspection to identify any obvious leaks.

Allow a further period of 1 h without pumping during which the pipeline may stretch by

visco-elastic creep. Measure the remaining pressure at the end of this period.

If the pressure has decreased by more than 30%, interrupt the preliminary phase and

depressurize the test section. Check the test conditions e.g. influence of temperature,

indication of leakage, and rectify the defaults. Only resume the test procedure after a

relaxation period of at least 60 minutes.

Pressure drop test HDPE Pipes

Reduce rapidly the remaining actual pressure measured at the end of the preliminary phase

by discharging water from the system to produce a ∆p of 10-15% of STP. Measure precisely

the removed volume ∆V. Calculate the allowable water loss ∆Vmax using the following

formula and check that the removed volume ∆V does not exceed ∆Vmax.

∆Vmax = 1,2 x V x ∆p x (1/EW + D/e x ER)

Where

∆Vmax is the allowable water loss in litres;

V is the volume of the tested pipeline section in litres;

∆p is the measured pressure loss in kilopascals;

EW is the bulk modulus of water in kilopascals;

D is the internal pipe diameter in metres;

e is the wall thickness of the pipe in metres;

ER is the modulus of elasticity of the pipe wall in the circumferential direction in

kilopascals; 1,2 is an allowance factor (e.g. for air content) during the main test

phase;

For the interpretation of the result it is important to use the exact value of ER considering

the temperature and the duration of the test. Especially for smaller diameters and shorter

test sections ∆p and ∆V should be measured as accurately as possible.

If ∆V is more than ∆Vmax interrupt the test procedure and vent again after the pipeline has

been depressurized.

Main test HDPE Pipes

The visco-elastic creep due to the stress caused by STP is interrupted by the integrated

pressure drop test. The rapid decrease of the pressure leads to a contraction of the pipeline.

Observe for a period of 30 min (main test phase) the increase of pressure resulting from the

contraction. The main test phase is considered to be successful if the pressure curve shows

an increasing tendency and does not decrease at any time of this 30 min period. If during

that period the pressure curve shows a falling tendency, it indicates a leak within the system.

In case of doubt extend the main test phase to 90 min. In that case the pressure loss is

limited to 25 kPa from the maximum value occurring within the contraction phase. If the

pressure drops by more than 25 kPa the test fails.

Rectify any defect in the installation revealed by the test and repeat the test. The repetition

of the main test phase may only be done by carrying out the whole procedure including the

relaxation period of 60 min in the preliminary phase.

Page 192: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

PAYMENT

General Instruction to the contractor

Besides the replacement of house connections and tertiary main pipes most efforts

must be driven by the contractor to decommission the old GI, ST, PVC and DI (DI

pipes if in bad condition or DN80) pipes by disconnection completely from the

existing system. In other words, the GI, ST, PVC and DI pipes which were selected

by the Consultant and found by the contractor during construction in bad condition to

be replaced by DI and HDPE pipes must be completely empty and entirely

disconnected from the system.

The contractor shall prove to the Engineer that all to be decommissioned pipes are

empty and disconnected from the system and all house connections from such pipes

are transferred to the operating system.

It's the contractor responsibility to reconnect/ immigrate all connections & customers

whether allocated inside the project area or outside which were connected to the old

disconnected network to the new network whether discovered during work or during 3

consecutive supply rationing time, THE CONTRACTOR shall be borne any water

tanks needed for disconnected real states as per Engineer Instructions .

Only if the Contractor can prove the full decommissioning of old GI and ST pipes to

the fully satisfaction of the Engineer the last remuneration for pipe laying will done to

the Contractor as listed below:

Activities to be completed for remuneration

Remuneratio

n in per cent

(%) of Total

Remuneratio

n in per cent

(%) in Total

Excavation, pipe laying, bedding an cover of pipes,

backfilling 40% 40%

Pressure testing, road reinstatement 40% 80%

Sterilization, flushing, chlorination of the new pipes,

prove of entirely disconnected decommissioned GI

and ST pipes and submittal of the as-build drawings

20% 100%

As indicated in the Preamble to the BoQ,– Payment upon “Installation”, the contractor

has successfully complete all the activities, as indicated in the table above for each

row, to get the relevant remuneration (per cent in each row) as mentioned in the same

row.

Page 193: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

ANNEX 1

-ة التمديدات لخطوط الحديد و الدكتايل و الحديد المجلفنو البولي ايثيلين:": طريقأولا

تحضير الخندق و الطمم السفلي و الجانبي: -أ

من الضروري ان يتوفر للتربه حيثما يلزم دعما ثابتا و دائما لاجل الحصول على تمديد سليم - للمواسير.

( ملم تحت خط الماسوره و 150للارض الصخريه يحفر الخندق على عمق لا يقل عن ) -يملْا بمواد ذات مواد ناعمة و عندما تكون التربه مبتله او اذا كان الاساس طريا او حيثما

ون اسفل الخندق غير منتظم فقد يكون من الضروري زيادة هذة السماكه, و على المقاول بك القيام بهذه الاعمال على حسابه

اما في الاراضي الترابيه او الطريه الخاليه من الحجر القاسي او الاجسام الصلبه و حيثما -منتظما يمكن تسوية ارضية الخندق تسويه مستويه دون وجود فراغات لتعطي دعما

للمواسير على طولها و حسب قناعات المهندس فانه من الممكن ان يسمح بتمديد المواسير مباشرة على اسفل ارضية الخندق الى عمق اكثر تحتاسفل الماسوره يكفي لوضع المواد

الناعمه و حسب موافقة المهندس المشرف و حسب المواصفات ادناه.

ل تمديد المواسير كما يجب دفن المواسير بالسرعه يجب عدم حفر الخندق لمسافه كبيره قب - الممكنه و يجب عدم وضع الطوب و الاجسام الصلبه تحت الماسوره للدعم المؤقت او الدائم.

BEDDING AND SIDE BEDDINGالطمم حول الانبوب: -ب

فوق ظهر ( ملم 300( ملم تحت اسفل الماسوره و حتى منسوب ) 150تردم جميع الخنادق بمسافة ) - ( ملم للسماكه المدكوكه 100الماسوره و تدك يدويا و بانتظام على طبقات لا تزيد عن )

الخالي من الشوائب. من رمل صويلحمواد الطمم السفليه و الجانبيه و حول الماسوره يجب ان تكون -

-لح الخالي من الشوائب وحسب التدرج والمواصفات التاليه :رمل صوي .1

ر %امنسبة ال لخنحجم الم

%من الوزن1الطينيه لاتزيد عن الكتله - - CL من الوزن0ر1عن لاتزيد % - So3 من الوزن0ر4عن لاتزيد% - Coal and Lignite 0% من الوزن1عن لايزيد

("8/3ملم )9ر5

(4قم رملم ) 4ر75

(16قم رملم )1ر18

(50قم رملم )0ر30

(100قم رملم )0ر15

(200قم رملم )0ر075

100

95-100

45-80

10-30 2-10 0-3

-ج الطمم الى السطح العلوي:

اولا: الخنادق:توريد رمل صويلح ووضعه فوق مواسير الديكاتيل و الحديد و الجلفانيز و العمل يتضمن تنظيف الخندق ما -

امكن قبل وضع التامين. و /( او .B.C)م الخنادق من منسوب ما بعد التامين الى منسوب سطح الأرض من بيس كورس طم إعادة -

وجب مهبيلع تذات تدرج واحد) فوليه (و باطون للمقاطع العرضية مع اعاده الأوضاع الى ما كان موادالأماكن موقع الى الفائض خارج الالمواصفات والمخططات النموذجية وتعليمات المهندس بما في ذلك نقل

لمختصه و الدك بالاجهزه الميكانيكية مع الرش بالماء و الدحل على طبقات بحيث تاالمحددة من قبل الجها % من الكثافة الجافه 95( ملم ودرجه الدك بما لا يقل عن 200لا تزيد سماكه كل طبقه منها عن )

ه ( :ثانيا : الخنادق في السطوح المعبده ) الشوارع , الساحات , الارصف

Page 194: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

ة وضع الشوارع و الساحات والارصفه والاطاريف الى ما كانت عليه سابقا" يجب ان يتم بموجب ان اعاد - ات وحسب التفاصيل المبينه على المخططات وبموافقة المهندس.المواصف

ل لاعما ات الفنيه العامهفواصمي الف عمال المتعلقه بها مطابقه لما وردلاافة اوكعمله ستلما موادتكون ال - ن تعديلات.عليها مطرأ اوم 1991الطرق والجسور الصادره عن وزارة الاشغال العامه والاسكان لسنة

تعتبر تكاليف اعادة وضع السطوح الى ما كانت عليه و إزالة و ترحيل الانقاض مشمولة ضمن - الاسعار الافرادية و لا يدفع لذلك اى علاوات ما لم يذكر خلاف ذلك فى جدول الكميات.

-والساحات المعبده )المسفلته(: الشوارع .1

-معبده كمايلي:لا طوحضاع الستعاد او - منسوب اللازم والحصول على ل الى الالوصوو دكالعمال الطمم وا نتهاء منبعد الا

-: كمايلي المهندسموافقة% حسب تجربة 95توزيع وخلط وفرش ورش بالماء والدحل لدرجة توريد و -أ

Sub-Base) ىولالاسم بعد الدحل وذلك لطبقة الاساس 15 وبسماكةبروكترالمعدل

Course .) % حسب تجربة بروكتر 100لدرجة ء والدحلبالماش ورش زيع وخلط وفرتوريد وتو -ب

( . Base Courseثانيه )قة الاساس البطكللذسم بعد الدحل و15اكة موبسالمعدل اد الطبقتين الاولى والثانيه متدرجه حسب المواصفات العامه لاعمال الطرق تكون مو -ج

صنف ب (. 2-3ول جد 1-3)فصل رجسووال( بمعدل MC-70ت )( من اسفل Prime Coatيسي )أسلتا رش الوجهو توريد -د

ميكانيكا".الرش ويتم 2كغم/م1ر5حسب سماكه الطبقه القائمة على وبسماكةالاسفلتيه الساخنه البازلتيه الخلطهفرش ودحل توريد و -هـ

في حال كانت الخلطة الاسفلتية طبقه واحدة . وفي حال عد الدحلسم ب 8عن الواقع وبحيث لاتقل سم لكل طبقة 5وجود طبقتين او اكثر يتم اعادة الاوضاع على اكثر من طبقه وبسماكة لاتقل عن

. 2كغم /م 5.و بمعدل RC 250صقة بين الطبقات وترش طبقة لايسيه حسب تصنيف امانه عمان الكبرى ووزارة الأشغال العامة او البلديه المعنيه ئالر الشوارع عند قطع - 2

يجب ان المعبدهالسطح ةل طبقلطمم قبا ادموان ف او حسب طلب مالك الطريق مائل (اوبشكل رضيا" ع) -:يلي تكون كما

ا"( يوم 28بعد 2كغم/سم200تقلعن )( سم وبقوة كسر مكعبي صغري لا30سانه العاديه سماكة )الخرمن -1

كما هو مبين في المخططات ويجب اعادة السطوح كما كانت عليه سابقا".

اد مون تكو نباجيين أم( اعلاه ولغاية طبقة الت1البند ) يفليها لمشار اا يهادالعلخرسانه طبقة ا من اسفل -2في المخططات نيبومهواصفات ادناه وتردم وتدككماورد سابقا" وكما( حسب الم .B.Cالطمم من مواد )

. ات تدرج واحدذ مهحصاو ب

ت ره من الخرسانه فانه يتم رشها بالاسفلخيطع العرضيه عندما تكون الطبقه الاامقال في حالات -ى .2كغم /م 0.5دل بمع ((RC250اللاصق

ردنيهلافات ااصموالها حسب ( عند فحص .B.Cبات تدرج مادة الفرشيات الحصويه )ان متطل الفصل 1991لاسكان لسنة اهوماعصادره عن وزارة الاشغال الاله لانشاءات الطرق والجسور القياسي -صنف )ب( تكون كالتالي : 2-3دول ج 3-1

خلحجم المن

سب الوزن %حالمار بع الفتحات مرمنخل

100 "(2ملم ) 50ر0

100-70 "(1و1/2ملم ) 37ر5

85-55 "(1ملم ) 25ر0

80-50 "(3/4ملم ) 19ر0

----- "(1/2ملم ) 12ر5

70-40 "( 3/8ملم ) 9ر5

Page 195: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

60-30 (4رقم ملم )ل 4ر75

50-20 (10قم ملم )ر 2ر00

30-10 (40قم ملم )ر0ر425

15-5 (200 ملم )رقم075

.40المار من منخل 3/2عن 200تزيد نسبة المار من المنخل رقم وبحيث لا

-: الارصفه :ب المهندسزم والحصول على موافقة سوب اللاالمن لىا ولنتهاء من اعمال الطمم والدك والوصبعد الا

المواصفات و المخططات و بموجب تعليمات قا" حسب باهسعلي انتصفه الى ماكرتعاد وضعالا سم تحت البلاط. 10المهندس وشاملا مدة خرسانية سماكة

-ف :الاطاري :ج طاريف اما حجريه اومن الخرسانه جاهزه الصنع وحسب ماتكون عليه الحاله.تكون الا

يشمل عمل وال 3-1ل مونه الاسمنت والرمل بنسبة باستعما لاصليا هاضعطاريف حسب وتركب الا

ع جميع يوما"(م28بعد 2كغم/سم200لعاديه )ا صفيح خلف الحجر من الخرسانهتلاانيهوخرسقاعده الال الاعمال وبموافقة المهندس المشرف.

-ايثيلين:مواسير البولي -10 من مواسير ( Service Lines )وتمديد واتمام وفحص خطوط مياه توريدعلى المقاول .1

شاملا كافة ما يلزم من مفاتيح وقطع من مرابط واكواع ملم او اقل 110البولي ايثيلين قطر الفنية لاعمال خطوط الخ وجميع ما يلزم حسب المواصفات…وتيهات وسدادات وقطع خاصة

والمخططات التفصيلية وحسب تعليمات المهندس المشرف . المياه على و اقل من مواسير البولي ايثلين PE 63( قطر Service Linesالمياه )يتم توصيل خطوط .2

المقترحة كمايلي:خطوط المياه القائمة او على خطوط مواسير الدكتايل الرئيسة سواء كانت محتويه على الماء او فارغه باستعمال .أ

Under Pressure Tapping Gunmetal Ferrule and Saddleخاصه قطع

installed on the mains وحسب ماهو مبين على المخططات وبموجب تعليمات المشرف.المهندس

كالتالي:علىخطوط مواسير الحديد يتم التوصيل .بولحام " مفة " بالقطر ىعمل فتحة في الخط الرئيس القائمة يتمللوصلات المنزلية .1

المطلوب ليتم التوصيل عليها . لخط الرئيس وتركيب ولحام " تي " يتم قص ا ،”2( قطرللخطوط الفرعية ) الخدمية .2

عليها.ليتم التوصيل " 3او "2 قطر بقطر يساوي قطر الخط الرئيس وفرعمواسير البولي ايثلين ( يتم اعادة ربطها كونها منللوصلات المنزليه القائمة )في حال .3

- Selfباستعمال وتوصيلها على الخطوط الفرعيه من مواسير البولي ايثلين المقترحة

tapping Ferrule and saddle placed on the service line, or equal tee

as indicated on the Drawings المشرف.وحسب تعليمات المهندس حسب ( Ferrous Tracking Tape تحذيري )توريد وتمديد شريط على المقاول .4

المواصفات المرفقة وذلك لمواسير البولي ايثيلين فوق طبقة الطمم الناعم )طبقة التأمين (مباشرة وتعتبر التكاليف كاملة مشمولة ضمن الاسعار الافرادية لاعمال تمديد

مواسير البولي ايثيلين .( 5 – 3ن تزويد اسياخ اللحام من اجود الانواع حسب البند ) كون المقاول مسؤولا عي -ج

من المواصفات العامه و الات اللحام و القص و عدد كافي من شفرات القص و المعدات و الكهرباء لعمل و صلات انابيب الحديد و كذلك المعجون الخاص الخالي من

ايثيلين البولي الرصاص للوصلات المسننه الخاصه بالانابيب المجلفنه وأنابيب( و كذلك lubrication Paste)المستعمله لتنفيذ و صلات انابيب الدكتايل والمعجونه

مواصفات العامة وموافقة المهندس المشرف و الوصلات حسبمواد عزل وتغليف

Page 196: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

تعتبر تكاليف الاعمال المذكوره اعلاه مشموله ضمن السعر الفردي لاعمال تمديد المياه.انابيب

المتطلبات الاساسيه لاعمال تمديد انابيب المياه باقطارها وانواعها المختلفه بموجب -د يلي:المواصفات و المخططات و حسب تعليمات المهندس المشرف لكافة البنود كما

تنظيف و تسوية و تحضير مواقع و مسارات خطوط المياه لافساح المجال امام .1 عماله.معدات المقاول و

ع التربه سواء كانت ترابيه او صخريه او حوريه او اجميع انو حفر الخنادق في .2درج اسفلت و غيرها ترابي،خرساني،بلاط،غيرها و بسطوح مختلفه سواء كانت ) سابقا.و اعادة اوضاع السطوح كما كانت عليه

وتمديد كافة انواع المواسير واقطارها شاملا جميع القطع من تيهات و توريد .3الوصلات السليمه للمواسير و تغليف شاملا عملقطع الخاصه اكواعونقاصات و ال

الوصلات و كل ما يلزم لتمديد المواسير على اكمل وجه حسب شروط و مواصفات العقد.

وتركيب كافة انواع واقطار المفاتيح وعدادات المياه مع القطع الملائمه من توريد .4زم لاتمام العمل على الخ وكافة ما يل… فلنجات و براغي وصواميل و كسكيتات

اكمل وجه." و ما 8توريد جميع المواد اللازمه و انشاء غرف المفاتيح ) وذلك للمحابس قطر .5

" وما فوق (. من الخرسانه المسلحه كامله و 1 2/1فوق و محابس الهوايات قطر السعر يشمل ايضا الحفريات اللازمه و الخرسانه العاديه للنظافه و حديد التسليح و

ة الردم حسب المواصفات و الاعمال المعدنيه الخاصه بالغرف من اغطية و اعاد Extension...... الخ و كذلك وصلات الاعمده و علب السطح ) درجات.

Spindle & Surface Box ) و جميع ما يلزم بموجب المخططات التفصيليه و المهندس.المواصفات و حسب تعليمات

حيثما تتقاطع مع خطوط الصرف الخرسانةالمسلحةمل تغليف للمواسير من و ع اللازمةتوريد جميع المواد الصحي أو عند مرورها في الاوديه وحيثما يلزم وحسب تعليمات المهندس وكذلك للدعامات

حفريات لازمه والخرسانه أيضاأية( حيثما يلزم ويشمل Thrust Blocks) الخرسانيةالمسلحةبموجب المخططات والمواصفات وحسب الأعمالاللازمةوجميع الطوبارووحديد التسليح العاديةللنظافة

تعليمات المهندس Electrofusionبواسطة اللحام الكهربائي 125المواصفات اللازمة لاعمال تمديد مواسير البولي ايثلين **

مواصفات الشركة التاكد من قابلية القطع والمواسير اللحام الكهربائي مع بعضها البعض وحسب • الصانعة للقطع.

التاكد من ان قطع اللحام موجودة ضمن اكياس مغلقة وان لاتتعرض للشمس المباشرة وعدم فتح هذه • الاكياس الا بالموقع وعند اجراء عملية اللحام مباشرة

ان تكون ماكنة اللحام ومنطقة اللحام موجودة تحت نفس الظروف الجوية •

لظروف الجوية الغير مناسبة مثل الريح والمطر والثلج وان تتراوح درجة حماية منطقة اللحام من ا • م45-م10-الحرارة من

حماية منطقة اللحام سواء على الماسورة او على القطعة من كافة انواع الملوثات مثل الغبار والدهون •يف بالمادة والزيوت والشحوم وعدم لمس هذه المنطقة بالايدي وفي حال حدوث ذلك يجب اعادة التنظ

PEالخاصة بتنظيف ال

خطوات اجراء عملية اللحام

تنظيف منطقة العمل على الماسورة وقطعها بشكل عامودي •

تقشير منطقة العمل بواسطة الاداة الخاصة بذلك لازالة الطبقة المتاكسدة على ان لاتزيد طبقة • التقشير عند ماهو مبين بالجدول التالي:

الحد الاقصى لطبقة التقشير الحد الادنى لطبقة التقشير القطر الخارجي للماسورة

Page 197: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

. ملم2 . ملم2 ملم 20-25

. ملم 25 . ملم2 ملم 32-63

. ملم 3 . ملم 2 ملم 75-225

. ملم 35 . ملم2 ملم 225اكبر

او حسب تعليمات الخاصة بالشركة الصانعة

PEتنظيف منطقة العمل بواسطة المنظف الخاص بمادة ال •

توضع العلامات على الماسورة واحضار القطع اللازمة •

تدخل القطعة حسب العلامات الموضوعة مسبقا •

تثبيت القطعة بواسطة اداة التثبيت الخاصة بذلك •

ماكنة واتبع التعليمات والاجرءات الخاصة بماكنة الحام وحسب توصل الاقطاب القطعة مع • طريقة الشركة الصانعة.

بعد الانتهاء من عملية الحام تتم ازالة الاقطاب وتترك الفترة اللازمة للتبريد ثم تزال اداة • التثبيت وتكون الفترة اللازمة للتبريد كما هو مبين بالجدول التالي:

للقطع والسوكت الحد الادنى للوقت اللازمSDR11

الفترة اللازمة قبل ازالة القطر الخارجي ملم اداة التثبيت) دقيقة(

الفترة اللازمة قبل اجراء فحص الضغط ) دقيقة (

بار 6الضغط اكثر من بار 6الضغط اقل من

20-32 6 10 30

75-110 10 20 60

125-160 15 30 75

20 45 90

SDR17

القطر الخارجي )ملم(

الفترة اللازمة قبل اداة التثبيت)دقيقة(

الفترة اللازمة قبل اجراء فحص الضغط ) دقيقة(

بار 6الضغط اكثر من بار 6الضغط اقل من

125-160 15 30 75

180-225 20 45 90

Saddlesالحد الادنى للوقت اللازم ل

بار 6الضغط اكثر من بار 6الضغط اقل من القطر)ملم(

40 10 30

63-315 20 60

-كميات المواسير و المفاتيح و القطع الخاصة : -19على المقاول ان يعمل مسحا للخطوط و تقديم مخططات تنفيذيه و التاكد من نقاط الربط ومن الاطوال

من كل من المواسير المطلوبة باقطارها المختلفة وكذلك كميات القطع من تيهات و اكواع و سدادات لازمة لاتمام الاعمال ونقاصات ...... الخ و المفاتيح بانواعها و اقطارها المختلفة و القطع الخاصة ال

. و اخذ الموافقه عليها قبل استيرادها

-الجداول:-20 جداول التطابق:

Technical Catalogue & Compliance Tablesالنشرات الفنية وجداول التطابق

Page 198: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

على المقاول أن يقدم النشرات الفنية لكافة المواد التي تدخل في عمل المشروع وأن يقدم النشرة الفنية الأصلية للمادة المعروضة تماما" الخاصة بها بالذات أو التي تشملها فنيا" مع التأشير على المادة

المادة المعروضة تقديم جدول مقارنة مفصلا" فيه أسموطرازها في النشرات الفنية المرفقة وطرازهاوالمطلوبة )وطرازها أن ذكر في العطاء ( والمواصفات الفنية الكاملة للمعروض مقارنة

نها وأي ملاحظة على ذلك كما ويجب تقديم يبالمطلوب في العطاء وبيان الاختلاف والتطابق فيما ب الاختلافات أو التطابقات الفنية المواصفات القياسية المصنعة عليها المادة المطلوبة والمعروضة لاثبات

وذلك لاخذ موافقة المهندس المشرف .

-الدعامات الخرسانية: -25بار وفى 16الدعامات الخرسانية الواردة فى المخططات النموذجية هى لخطوط المياه ذات ضغط

ميم حالة عدم ملائمة الدعامة الخرسانية الواردة فى المخططات لضغط الخط يقوم المقاول بتص الدعامة المناسبة و تقديمها للمهندس المشرف للموافقة عليها و بدون المطالبة باى تكاليف اضافية

ويتم المحاسبة حسب الكميات الموافق عليها من قبل المهندس المشرف

26-

The following rules shall be considered for the design and installation of house

connections:

If the house connection lines are close enough, it can be installed in the

same trench but will be tapped separately.

House connections for a single customer shall be connected separately if

the meter locations are more than 10 meters apart from each other.

Buildings with 1 (one) up to 4 (four) water meters shall be tapped once at

the main line using a pipe HDPE ISO25.

Buildings with 5 (five) up to 20 (twenty) water meters shall be tapped once

at the main line using a pipe HDPE ISO32.

Buildings with 21 (twenty one) and above water meters shall be tapped

once at the main line using a pipe HDPE ISO63.

Commercial, institutional and industrial customers shall receive individual

connections and has to be decided with the Engineer and the Client.

Water meters shall be moved to suitable locations close to the entrance of

a building or plot if possible.

Water meters shall be protected by lockable meter cardboards. The

contractor shall report missing or damaged meter boxes to the Engineer.

Meter box installation is not the responsibility of the contractor.

In the case where buildings do not have property walls and the buildings

are far from the street, the meters shall be installed at the building wall

nearest to the street or road.

The size of the service connection shall be ranked according to the number of flats

connected to one main customer connection as follows:

Table 0-1: House Connection Collection Pipes (Sub-Mains)

Max. No. of Flats /

Plots

Size of HDPE

before meters

inch (BS)

Size HDPE

Diameter Nominal

DN mm

Outside Diameter

ISO

mm

Page 199: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

≤ 4 3/4" DN 20 25

5-20 1" DN 25 32

21-50 2" DN 50 63

For big consumers such as schools, hospitals, and other large community buildings,

the diameter of service connections shall be ISO 32mm minimum; according to the

existing diameter, or as calculated according to the actual demand.

Page 200: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

ANNEX 2

اجراء الفحص الجرثومي مقاول مراعاة مايلي عند اجراء الفحص الجرثومي:على ال

يقوم المقاول باخذ المياه للغسيل من مصادر المياه التابعة لشركة مياهنا ) الخط الذي سيتم – 1الشبك عليه او محطات شركة مياهنا القريبة ( او اي مصدر مائي معنمد من قبل سلطة المياه و على

نفقة المقاولو في حال فشل تبقى مسؤولية المقاول قائمة لحين ظهور نتائج عينات الفحص الجرثومي – 2

العينات الجرثومية يقوم المقاول باعادة التعقيم من جديد ويتم اخذ عينات جرثوميه حتى تنجح العينه .

تكون تكاليف الفحوصات المخبريه واثمان المياه على حساب المقاول والغسيل على نفقة المقاول من حيث اثمان سمي لشركة مياهنا) سعر الصهاريج (.المياه وتقدر اثمان المياه بثلاثة اضعاف السعر الر

انواع الفحوصات :على المقاول اجراء الفحوصات التالية و على نفقتة الخاصة و ذلك في مختبرات شركة مياهنا او اي مختبر

معتمد من قبل الجهات المختصة لهذه الغاية1 –PH 2 –Turbidity

3 –R-CL2

2 SURVEY and EARTH WORKS

2.1 SURVEYING, PIPE and NODE LOCATING and MARKING

surveying, pipe and node locating and marking includes as follows:

- Surveying,

- Pipe and Node location with electronic equipment, and trial pits

- Marking and recording of the route of the existing and new constructed

pipeline, valves, interconnections, etc.

Any surveying works shall be borne by the contractor as per engineer's

instructions .

Page 201: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

ANNEX 3

: الميداني المكتب تجهيزات

العطاء وثائق في الاضافية الخاصة الشروط في هووارد ما حسب

Page 202: C-T-21-0018 FARA Phase II- NO · 2 days ago · EN 15664 influence of metallic materials on water intended for human consumption ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems . 2. Technical

ANNEX 4

Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring plan for

Associate FARA 00 (DZ (13))